TIDMSTB

RNS Number : 8278F

Secure Trust Bank PLC

24 March 2022

PRESS RELEASE

Thursday 24 March 2022

Embargoed release at 07:00 am

LEI: 213800CXIBLC2TMIGI76

This announcement contains inside information.

SECURE TRUST BANK PLC

Audited Final Results for the year ended 31 December 2021

Focus on attractive specialist markets following simplification of the Group

Secure Trust Bank PLC ("STB", the "Bank" or the "Group") is pleased to announce its financial results for the year ended 31 December 2021, delivering strong growth with a Statutory Profit before Tax of GBP56.0 million (2020 restated: GBP19.1 million).

This is an excellent set of results as the Group successfully navigated the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and returned to growth across its businesses. A return on average equity of 15.9% (2020: 5.9%) is at the top end of the Group's stated target range. New business performance is 42.1% higher year on year, which has contributed to a 11.6% increase in core lending balances. New business lending in Q4 2021 was a record for the Group. Following the sale of its remaining non-core portfolios during the year and the recent announcement that Debt Managers (Services) Limited ("DMS") is selling its full portfolio of loans in 2022, Secure Trust Bank is a more focused Group with significant growth opportunities across its four core specialist lending markets.

The Group's profits benefitted from the release of impairment provisions during the period as the economic outlook improved following the impact of the pandemic. Capital ratios improved, given the short duration of the Group's lending portfolios, and the liquidity position remains very healthy.

The Group will recommend a final dividend of 41.1 pence per share making a total 2021 dividend of 61.1 pence per share, reflecting the new dividend policy to pay 25% of earnings back to shareholders.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 
                                          Full Year 
                              Full Year   Restated(1)  Change(2) 
                                 2021        2020          % 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
Statutory profit before tax   GBP56.0m     GBP19.1m      193.2 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
Basic earnings per share       244.7p       82.7p        195.9 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
Ordinary dividend per share     61.1p       44.0p        38.9 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
 
Return on average equity        15.9%        5.9%       10.0pp 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
Net interest margin             6.4%         6.3%        0.1pp 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
Cost of risk                    0.1%         2.3%       (2.2)pp 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
Cost income ratio               63.2%       55.7%        7.5pp 
----------------------------  ---------  ------------  --------- 
 

(1) The restatement of 2020 reflects the IFRS Interpretations Committee's clarification on the accounting treatment of Software-as a-Service arrangement. The profit before tax in 2020 is GBP1.0 million lower than previously reported.

(2) pp represents the percentage point movement

 
                        31 Dec       31 Dec     Change(2) 
                          2021         2020         % 
--------------------  -----------  -----------  --------- 
Loan Book             GBP2,531.9m  GBP2,358.9m     7.3 
--------------------  -----------  -----------  --------- 
Loan Book - Core      GBP2,530.6m  GBP2,266.7m    11.6 
--------------------  -----------  -----------  --------- 
Deposits              GBP2,103.2m  GBP1,992.5m     5.6 
--------------------  -----------  -----------  --------- 
CET 1 capital ratio      14.5%        14.0%       0.5pp 
--------------------  -----------  -----------  --------- 
Total capital ratio      16.8%        16.3%       0.5pp 
--------------------  -----------  -----------  --------- 
 

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

-- Customer satisfaction scores, as measured by Feefo, remained high at 4.6 stars (2020:4.7 stars)

-- Total new business lending volumes increased by 42.1% to GBP1,464.4 million (2020: GBP1,030.2 million)

   --      Total lending balances increased by 7.3% to GBP2,531.9 million (2020: GBP2,358.9 million) 

-- Core lending balances, excluding non-core portfolios, increased by 11.6% to GBP2,530.6 million (2020: GBP2,266.7 million)

-- Total Business Finance core lending balances grew by 10.9% to GBP1,422.9 million (2020: GBP1,282.6 million), supported by the Greener Homes Scheme in Real Estate Finance and higher utilisation levels in Commercial Finance.

-- Total Consumer Finance core lending balances grew by 12.6% to GBP1,107.7 million (2020: GBP984.1 million), with a growth in interest free products through strong retailer partnerships and new product launches for used car finance.

-- Customer deposits grew to GBP2,103.2 million (2020: GBP1,992.5 million) with management of the mix of the savings book contributing to an improvement in cost of funds from 1.8% to 1.3%.

-- Disposals of non-core Consumer Mortgages and Asset Finance portfolios completed in July 2021 and the disposal of the DMS full portfolio of loans and decision to exit the debt purchase market announced in March 2022.

-- In November 2021, we announced the purchase of AppToPay Limited, subject to regulatory approval, which will allow us to offer digital Buy Now Pay Later products.

-- Continued investment in Motor Transformation Programme and the start of the digitalisation of the Savings platform.

Outlook and Strategy

The Group has refined its strategy this year with a new vision to be the most trusted specialist lender in the UK. The new strategy and plans were presented at our Capital Markets Day in November 2021, where STB set out the significant opportunities it sees for growth across its four core businesses. The Group structure has been simplified with the sale of non-core portfolios allowing the Group to focus on the markets where we see the greatest potential. The Group will continue to invest in its digital platforms to improve its operational efficiency and invest in innovation with new products designed to meet the needs of our customers.

The UK economic outlook is positive despite ongoing economic headwinds and geopolitical tensions. Our specialist expertise in core markets is driving lending growth as the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic reduces and the Group's diversified business model and capital strength will support future growth.

We are providing the following medium-term performance targets for the Group, which have been updated to reflect the disposal of the DMS loan portfolio. The Net Interest Margin has been revised from >6% to >5.5% and the Cost income ratio from 50-55% to <50%.

 
                           2021 Actual  Medium Term 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Net Interest Margin           6.4%         >5.5% 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Cost income ratio             63.2%        <50% 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Return on Average Equity      15.9%      14% - 16% 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
CET 1                         14.5%       >12.0% 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Compound Annual Growth        11.6%       >15.0% 
 Rate(3) 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

(3) CAGR is the annual growth rate calculated as the annualised compound growth in 'core' loans and advances to customers since 31 December 2020. In 2021, the actual result is the Annual Growth Rate for 2021

Lord Forsyth, Chairman, said:

"Looking forward, we have ambitious and achievable growth plans. We have emerged positively from both Brexit and the COVID-19 pandemic by improving the quality of our lending and effective risk management. The escalating cost of living crisis and the economic war with Russia are additional challenges but we are flexible, prudent, fleet of foot and well placed to grasp the opportunities ahead."

David McCreadie, Chief Executive, said:

" One year into the role, I am very optimistic about our ability to take advantage of the diverse opportunities within our specialised lending businesses, despite the potential for economic headwinds. My confidence is founded on our excellent performance in 2021, our simplified structure, and our clear plan to deliver further lending growth and attractive returns.

We are a specialist lender in diverse markets. We are agile with strong market expertise and partner relationships. We continue to leverage and invest further in our digital capabilities and all of our decisions are underpinned by rigorous credit discipline, prudence and effective risk management.

I am looking forward to the period ahead with confidence and excited to be working with my colleagues to help more customers as we progress on our journey to become the most trusted specialist lender in the UK. "

Results presentation

This announcement together with the associated investors' presentation are available on: www.securetrustbank.com/results-reports/results-reports-presentations

Secure Trust Bank will host a webcast for analysts and investors today, 24 March 2021 at 10.00am, which can be accessed by registering at: https://webcasting.brrmedia.co.uk/broadcast/61fbe0e449f7751d18890d21

For those wishing to ask a question, please dial in to the event by conference call:

Dial +44 (0)330 336 9601

Confirmation code: 5171497

Enquiries:

Secure Trust Bank PLC

David McCreadie, Chief Executive Officer

Rachel Lawrence, Chief Financial Officer

Tel: 0121 693 9100

Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited (Joint Broker)

Robin Mann

Gareth Hunt

Stewart Wallace

Tel: 020 7710 7600

Canaccord Genuity Limited (Joint Broker)

Andrew Potts

Tel: 020 7523 8000

Tulchan Communications

Tom Murray

Misha Bayliss

Tel: 020 7353 4200

The person responsible for the release of this information on behalf of STB is Mark Stevens, Company Secretary.

Forward looking statements

This announcement contains forward looking statements about the business, strategy and plans of STB and its current objectives, targets and expectations relating to its future financial condition and performance. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about STB's or management's beliefs and expectations, are forward looking statements. By their nature, forward looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. STB's actual future results may differ materially from the results expressed or implied in these forward looking statements as a result of a variety of factors. These include UK domestic and global economic and business conditions, risks concerning borrower credit quality, market related risks including interest rate risk, inherent risks regarding market conditions and similar contingencies outside STB's control, the COVID-19 pandemic, expected credit losses in certain scenarios involving forward looking data, any adverse experience in inherent operational risks, any unexpected developments in regulation or regulatory, and other factors. The forward looking statements contained in this announcement are made as of the date of this announcement, and (except as required by law or regulation) STB undertakes no obligation to update any of its forward looking statements.

Key Performance Indicators

The following key performance indicators are the primary measures used by management to assess the performance of the Group.

During the year the number of key performance indicators have been reduced and realigned to the Group's new vision and purpose.

Certain key performance indicators represent alternative performance measures that are not defined or specified under International Financial Reporting Standards ('IFRS'). Definitions of the financial key performance indicators, their calculation and an explanation of the reasons for their use can be found in the Appendix to the Annual Report

on page 173 and 174.

Further explanation of the financial key performance indicators are discussed in the narrative of the Financial review on pages 12 to 17, where they are identified by being in bold font.

Further explanation of the non-financial key performance indicators is provided in the Managing our business responsibly and Climate-related financial disclosures sections on pages 38 and 49.

The Directors' Remuneration Report, starting on page 76, sets out how executive pay is linked to the assessment of key financial and non-financial performance indicators.

 
                                                                                     2021     2020     2019 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Grow 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Net interest margin (%)                                                               6.4      6.3      6.5 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this: Shows the interest margin earned on the Group's lending balances, net 
 of funding costs 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Loans and advances to customers(1) (GBPmillion)                                   2,531.9  2,358.9  2,450.1 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this: Shows the growth in the Group's lending balances, which generate income 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Annual growth rate(2) (%)                                                            11.6    (1.8)     23.5 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this: Shows the rate of growth in the Group's lending balances 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Return on average equity (%)                                                         15.9      5.9     12.0 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this: Measures the Group's ability to generate profit from the equity available 
 to it 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Sustain 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Cost of risk(3) (%)                                                                   0.1      2.3      1.4 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this : Measures how effectively the Group manages the credit risk of its lending 
 portfolios 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) ratio (%)                                               14.5     14.0     12.6 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this: The Common Equity Tier 1 ('CET 1') ratio demonstrates the Group's capital 
 strength 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Cost to income ratio(4) (%)                                                          63.2     55.7     58.5 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this: Measures how efficiently the Group utilises its cost base to produce 
 income 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Care 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Customer Feefo ratings (Stars)                                                        4.6      4.7      4.7 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
(mark out of 5 based on star rating from 937 reviews, 2020: 1,466, 2019: 1,754) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this : Indicator of customer satisfaction with the Group's products and services 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Employee survey trust index score (%)                                                  80       82       79 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
(based on 2021 all employee survey) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this: Indicator of employee engagement and satisfaction 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Environmental intensity indicator                                                     3.0      3.1      4.7 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
(tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent per GBP1 million Group income) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Why we measure this : Indicator of the Group's impact on the environment 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

(1) 2021 includes Assets held for sale of GBP1.3 million .

(2) Core lending balances only. See Appendix on page 173 for further details.

(3) The reduction in the cost of risk in 2021 reflects an improving trend.

(4) The increase in the cost to income ratio in 2021 reflects a declining trend.

All page references throughout refer to the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts.

Prior year results and key performance indicators have been restated to reflect the IFRS Interpretations Committee's clarification on the accounting treatment of Software-as-a-Service arrangement. Further details are provided in Note 1 to the financial statements on page 115.

Chairman's statement

I am delighted to report an excellent set of results with a profit before tax of GBP56.0 million (2020: GBP19.1 million). This has been achieved in the shadow of COVID-19 whilst we have continued to support our customers, kept our people safe and preserved our capital.

We have refined the Group's strategy with a new vision to be the most trusted specialist lender in the UK. We have a clear plan for achieving these goals which we outlined on our first Capital Markets Day in November 2021. This renewed confidence is reflected in our policy to return 25% of earnings to shareholders and the Board is proposing a final dividend for 2021 of 41.1 pence, bringing the total for the year to 61.1 pence.

We are determined to simplify the Group and focus on our key specialist markets. During the year, we closed the OneBill product and successfully disposed of the Asset Finance and Consumer Mortgages portfolios and in March 2022, we announced the sale of the Debt Managers (Services) Limited's loan portfolio. The remaining businesses recorded growth in lending balances in 2021.

The appointment of David McCreadie as Chief Executive Officer in January 2021 has proved to be transformational and he has instituted with the Board's support and encouragement a number of important changes to the Group's governance, operating model, reward structures and engagement with stakeholders. He has achieved a smooth transition in the executive leadership of the Group and strengthened the management team by bringing in talented and experienced people.

I would like to thank our employees for all their efforts in challenging circumstances. They have managed to navigate the pitfalls of the pandemic, delivering excellent service to our customers from the office or their homes. Their commitment has been a central contributing element to the Group's progress this year.

I would also like to thank the Board for the quality of their guidance, input and support. It has been a very busy year for everyone. It was a real pleasure to welcome Finlay Williamson in July 2021. He is an excellent colleague and brings important experience in banking and financial services to the Board.

Looking forward, we have ambitious and achievable growth plans. We have emerged positively from both Brexit and the COVID-19 pandemic by improving the quality of our lending and effective risk management. The escalating cost of living crisis and the economic war with Russia are additional challenges but we are flexible, prudent, fleet of foot and well placed to grasp the opportunities ahead.

Chief Executive's statement

I reflect on my first year with great pride and satisfaction despite the continuing impacts of COVID-19. We have delivered strong financial results, but as importantly, we have reset the Group with a new vision and core purpose and the Group is growing strongly again. We have brought fresh talent into the management team and our people are telling us that Secure Trust Bank is a great place to work.

By the end of 2021, core lending balances(1) had grown by 11.6% to GBP2,530.6 million compared to the December 2020 position of GBP2,266.7 million and net interest margin increased marginally to 6.4% (2020: 6.3%). Average core lending balances(2) were up 1.9% year on year, and we finished the year with strong new business growth in the final quarter.

Impairment charges have decreased significantly to GBP4.5 million (2020: GBP51.3 million). This primarily reflects the release of impairment provisions due to the improving macroeconomic forecasts, which will not reoccur in 2022, and lower default rates.

The investment in growth we have made has had an adverse impact on our cost to income ratio, which stands at 63.2% for 2021 (2020: 55.7%). With the anticipated future growth in lending and a renewed focus on cost control, we expect to improve the cost to income ratio in line with our medium-term target range of 50-55%.

As a result we have delivered an excellent financial performance with profit before tax of GBP56.0 million (2020: GBP19.1 million).

Capital ratios have remained healthy throughout the year and significantly ahead of regulatory minimums. At 31 December 2021, the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 14.5% (2020: 14.0%) and the total capital ratio was 0.5% higher at 16.8% than last year (2020: 16.3%).

The Group's funding comes primarily from personal customers' deposits. This year, we have changed the mix from higher cost fixed term bonds to ISAs and Notice accounts, which has resulted in a lower cost of funds of 1.3% (2020: 1.8%).

New vision and purpose

I outlined the Group's new vision and purpose at our first Capital Markets Day on 3 November 2021. As our markets change and the expectations and needs of our customers evolve, so the Bank needs to respond accordingly. By asking ourselves, "when are we at our best?", our new purpose became clear. We are here to help more consumers and businesses fulfil their ambitions and our new vision is to be the most trusted specialist lender in the UK. Across our diverse business units, we achieve this purpose in different ways, whether it be Real Estate Finance providing financial support for professional property developers and investors or Retail Finance providing instant credit for the purchase of goods online or in store.

Our refreshed strategy is set out on page 10 across the three themes of Grow, Sustain and Care. Our growth ambitions are reflected in a new medium-term target to deliver 15%+ compound annual growth rate in lending balances. We are continuing to invest in technology to help more customers and to enhance their experience. In 2021, the Group invested GBP1.7 million in transformational growth within Vehicle Finance and Savings.

Technology will also support innovative new products such as the Buy Now Pay Later ('BNPL') product offering within Retail Finance and Vehicle Finance's Prime Personal Contract Purchase ('PCP') solutions for used vehicles. All of this will be underpinned by our market expertise, rigorous credit discipline, prudence and effective risk management.

This renewed vision and purpose is consistent with focusing on our core(1) businesses where we see the largest growth potential. We completed the sale of the Asset Finance and Consumer Mortgages portfolios in July 2021, closed the OneBill product and in March 2022, we announced the sale of the Debt Managers (Services) Limited's loan portfolio. We will continue to invest in our remaining businesses across Business Finance and Consumer Finance and will take advantage of any M&A opportunities which complement our core markets.

On 25 November 2021, we announced the purchase of AppToPay Limited, subject to regulatory approval, which will allow us to offer digital BNPL products. We see it as a natural step for us, opening up attractive new opportunities for our existing customers and providing us with access to a new, fast-growing specialist lending market. We plan to launch this digital offering alongside our other Retail Finance products in 2022.

Lending performance

The impact of COVID-19 changed as we went through the year. During the first quarter, the UK was in lockdown and whilst restrictions eased gradually through the summer months, the policies of national governments varied. By the final quarter of 2021, the UK's nominal GDP output recovered back to 2019 levels. The success of the vaccination programmes and the UK Government's economic interventions have created more favourable economic conditions and enabled us to return to pre-pandemic lending criteria gradually through the year.

Our diversified portfolio continues to support our growth aspirations despite the drag in the first quarter from COVID-19. It is pleasing to see our strategy driving growth in core lending balances(1) of 11.6% in 2021.

Total core lending balances(1) in our Business Finance businesses have grown by 10.9% to GBP1,422.9 million (2020: GBP1,282.6 million). New lending has been partly driven by our Greener Homes Scheme supporting property developers and investors to meet the UK's clean growth strategy by 2035 and high client retention allied with higher utilisation of lending facilities in Commercial Finance. During the year we offered our existing customers access to the Government guaranteed Recovery Loan Scheme ('RLS'), which replaced the Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan ('CBIL') Scheme and Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan ('CLBIL') Scheme.

Total core lending balances(1) in our Consumer Finance businesses have grown by 12.6% to GBP1,107.7 million (2020: GBP984.1 million). Our offering of market leading software and strong retailer partnerships is driving retailer growth in interest free credit products. In March 2021, we launched the new Prime Hire Purchase lending product for used car finance and followed it up in November 2021 with a Prime PCP offering.

The current and longer-term impacts of climate change are an important consideration within our future plans. Whilst we have made good progress with understanding these impacts, we recognise we need to embed further the impact of climate change on the Group's strategy. This work will be progressed in 2022. Further information on our progress and plans for 2022 are presented on page 11.

Supporting our customers

As we have refined our strategy, our customers remain at the heart of what we do. Our enduring aim is to make Secure Trust Bank easy to deal with and the new technology will allow customers to transact with the Group when it is convenient for them.

I am pleased that our customer service scores continue to reflect the positive ways we supported them during the pandemic. The most recent ratings, measured through Feefo, achieved an average score of 4.6 stars out of 5 (2020: 4.7 stars out of 5). In addition we were recently awarded Customer Service Excellence for the ninth consecutive year.

Within the Consumer Finance businesses, customers have completed their COVID-19 payment holidays arrangements. One challenging area for our service delivery in the second half of the year has been the difficulty in recruiting contact centre staff due to the tightness in the UK labour market although we have been able to continue to support our customers.

Our People

I am pleased with the smooth transition within the executive management team during my first year in office. I was delighted to welcome Chris Harper as Chief Risk Officer, Katie Docherty as Chief Operating Officer and Charles Mayo as General Counsel to the team. Chris held the same role at RBS International; Katie previously held a similar role for HSBC, Retail Banking and Wealth Management, Australia and Charles joined us from Simmons & Simmons. These appointments complement and broaden the experience of the executive team.

I have enjoyed tremendous support from colleagues across the Group and would like to thank them for their ongoing commitment. For a second year running, they have coped admirably with the challenges of COVID-19 and the restrictions imposed on them. All the COVID-19 policies and procedures have been co-ordinated by a central team, composed of representatives from all our locations. They have changed and evolved based on the guidance available and regularly updated by the UK and Welsh Governments. The majority of colleagues have continued to work from home and we have closely managed the engagement, motivation and wellbeing of all employees through the year. In November 2021, 81% of colleagues said that Secure Trust Bank was a Great Place to Work(c), maintaining a similar score to 2020, despite enduring a second year of restrictions.

We continue to take the issue of wellbeing and mental health extremely seriously. We have extended our offer of a 'wellbeing hour', where employees can take time to participate in activities which promote good mental health and positivity, to being a monthly event. This is in addition to other initiatives, including our network of mental health first aiders across the organisation.

In the second half of the year, we moved to a hybrid working model where colleagues split their time between working from the office and from home. Our colleagues have supported these changes and we expect the hybrid model to continue after the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has reduced.

Outlook

The outlook for the UK economy is uncertain in 2022 but unemployment rates are expected to be low and stable. There are a number of economic headwinds and the increasing geopolitical tensions as a result of Russia's invasion of Ukraine are likely to lower growth projections.

There is concern about the impact of rising inflation on customers' net disposable income and ability to repay debt. The Consumer Prices Index rose to 5.4% for the year to 31 December 2021 and is forecast to increase further in 2022. In response, the Bank of England has increased the Base Rate three times which now stands at 0.75%. GDP growth continues to be adversely affected by supply side constraints and the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic with growth projections for 2023 and 2024 being revised downwards.

Although, the degree of the uncertainty around the economic outlook is unusually high, on balance, we are positive about the outlook for Secure Trust Bank.

One year into the role, I am very optimistic about our ability to take advantage of the diverse opportunities within our specialised lending businesses, despite the potential for economic headwinds. My confidence is founded on our excellent performance in 2021, our simplified structure, and our clear plan to deliver further lending growth and attractive returns.

We are a specialist lender in diverse markets. We are agile with strong market expertise and partner relationships. We continue to leverage and invest further in our digital capabilities and all of our decisions are underpinned by rigorous credit discipline, prudence and effective risk management.

I am looking forward to the period ahead with confidence and excited to be working with my colleagues to help more customers as we progress on our journey to become the most trusted specialist lender in the UK.

(1) Excludes the Consumer Mortgages and Asset Finance loan books disposed of in July 2021. See Appendix on page 173 for further details.

Financial review

 
                                                                               Restated 
                                                                      2021         2020  Movement 
Income statement                                                GBPmillion   GBPmillion         % 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Interest income and similar income                                   180.0        192.5     (6.5) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Interest expense and similar charges                                (29.2)       (41.6)    (29.8) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Net interest income                                                  150.8        150.9     (0.1) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Fee and commission income                                             14.3         16.0    (10.6) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Fee and commission expense                                           (0.6)        (0.8)    (25.0) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Net fee and commission income                                         13.7         15.2     (9.9) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Operating income                                                     164.5        166.1     (1.0) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Net impairment charge on loans and advances to customers             (4.5)       (51.3)    (91.2) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Gains/(losses) on modification of financial assets                     1.5        (3.1)   (148.4) 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Loss on disposal of loan books                                       (1.4)            -         - 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Losses from derivatives and hedge accounting                         (0.1)            -         - 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Operating expenses                                                 (104.0)       (92.6)      12.3 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Profit before income tax                                              56.0         19.1     193.2 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Income tax expense                                                  (10.4)        (3.7)     181.1 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Profit for the year                                                   45.6         15.4     196.1 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Basic earnings per share (pence)                                     244.7         82.7     195.9 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 
Selected Key Performance Indicators and performance metrics 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Net interest margin                                                   6.4%         6.3%     0.1pp 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Cost of funds                                                         1.3%         1.8%   (0.5)pp 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Cost to income ratio                                                 63.2%        55.7%     7.5pp 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Cost of risk                                                          0.1%         2.3%   (2.2)pp 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Return on average equity                                             15.9%         5.9%    10.0pp 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Common Equity Tier 1 ('CET 1') ratio                                 14.5%        14.0%     0.5pp 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Total capital ratio                                                  16.8%        16.3%     0.5pp 
------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 

pp represents the percentage point movement

Certain key performance indicators and performance metrics represent alternative performance measures that are not defined or specified under IFRS. Definitions of these alternative performance measures, their calculation and an explanation of the reasons for their use can be found in the Appendix to the Annual Report on page 173. In the narrative of this financial review, key performance indicators are identified by being in bold font. Prior year results and key performance indicators have been restated to reflect the IFRS Interpretations Committee's clarification on the accounting treatment of Software-as-a-Service arrangement. Further details are provided in Note 1 to the financial statements on page 115.

The Directors' Remuneration Report, starting on page 76, sets out how executive pay is linked to the assessment of key financial and non-financial performance metrics.

Profit and earnings

The Group has achieved a strong set of financial results. Profit before tax was positively impacted by a significant reduction in impairment charges driven by a more favourable economic outlook than in 2020. Operating income was impacted by lower average lending balances year on year and higher costs reflect increased activity.

Statutory profit before tax increased by 193.2% to GBP56.0 million (2020: GBP19.1 million). Consequently, earnings per share increased from 82.7 pence per share to 244.7 pence per share and return on average equity increased from 5.9% to 15.9%. Detailed disclosures of earnings per ordinary share are shown in Note 11. The components of the Group's profit are analysed in more detail in the sections below.

Net interest income

Net interest income of GBP150.8 million was 0.1% lower than the prior year. Excluding the non-core portfolios sold in the year, net interest income was GBP149.2 million, 1.6% higher than the prior year. Loans and advances to customers excluding the non-core portfolios increased by 11.6% from GBP2,266.7 million to GBP2,530.6 million. Despite the balance sheet growth in the year, with total loans and advances to customers increasing by 7.3% from GBP2,358.9 million to GBP2,531.9 million (including assets held for sale of GBP1.3 million relating to a small leasing book), average lending balances over 2021 were 1.3% lower than the average over 2020 as a result of the lockdowns in the first quarter of 2021.

Interest income continued to be impacted by the change in the overall mix of lending brought about by the pandemic, and away from higher margin products. Vehicle Finance's average lending balances reduced from GBP292.1 million in 2020 to GBP245.8 million in 2021 driving a reduction in revenue of GBP6.2 million year on year.

The Group continued to manage down the levels of relatively high-cost fixed rate funding as it matured and was replaced with ISAs and Notice products. As a result of this interest expense was GBP29.2 million (2020: GBP41.6 million), a reduction of 29.8%. The cost of funds reduced to 1.3% (2020: 1.8%).

The Group's net interest margin improved to 6.4% (2020: 6.3%), with the impact of lower cost of funding, partly offset by the transition to lower yield interest free Retail Finance lending and the product mix shift from higher margin Vehicle Finance lending.

Net fee and commission income

Net fee and commission income fell by 9.9% to GBP13.7 million (2020: GBP15.2 million). This was driven predominately by the closure of the OneBill product in the year with the resulting reduction of GBP3.4 million of net fee and commission in the year. Both core Business and Consumer businesses returned to growth in the year with an increase of 17.3% in net fee and commission income, reflecting the increased activity.

Impairment charge

In 2021 the cost of risk reduced from 2.3% in 2020 to 0.1%. The impairment charge for the year was GBP4.5 million (2020: GBP51.3 million).

As in previous years, the majority of our impairment charge arises from the Consumer Finance businesses. The decrease in the impairment charge is predominantly driven by the IFRS 9 requirement to account for forward-looking factors rather than actual defaults experienced in the year. Our IFRS 9 models use the correlation between macroeconomic variables, such as unemployment and house price indices, and historic credit losses to derive estimated future losses given a range of forecast variables. The more positive macroeconomic assumptions as at 31 December 2021 reduced the 2021 impairment charge by GBP13.2 million.

The 2021 impairment charge includes an additional GBP5.1 million from the impact of applying additional expert credit judgements in the year, which has led to a total of GBP13.3 million of overlays being added to provision levels estimated using the Group's IFRS 9 models as at 31 December 2021. In response to the rising cost of living, a new expert credit judgement for customer affordability was introduced at GBP4.6 million (2020: GBPnil) offsetting the release of GBP3.1 million in COVID-19 related provisions.

Overall, the impairment provision as a proportion of the gross loans and advances to customers reduced from 3.4% as at 31 December 2020 to 2.6% as at 31 December 2021. This reflects the changes in the macroeconomic assumptions outlined above and improving credit quality of the book. A breakdown of the charge by product is shown in Note 3. Further analysis of the Group's loan book and its credit risk exposures is provided in Notes 15, 17 and 38.

Disposal of loan books

During the year the Group disposed of the Asset Finance and Consumer Mortgage portfolios. The loss on disposal relates primarily to the sale of the Consumer Mortgage book (loss of GBP1.3 million), with the beneficial interest being assigned to the purchaser as at 31 December 2020. GBP1.3 million of interest income is recognised within net interest income, resulting in a overall nil profit impact. The Asset Finance sale resulted in a GBP0.1 million loss. Both had limited impact on Group's operations as the service delivery of both portfolios were outsourced to third party providers.

Following a strategic review, the Board has decided to exit the debt purchase market and, on 11 March 2022 announced that it had agreed to sell Debt Managers (Services) Limited's portfolio of loans to Intrum UK Finance Limited. The value of the portfolio as at 30 September 2021 was GBP84.7 million and the value of the consideration for the portfolio as at 30 September 2021 was GBP94.0 million. The Group estimates that in 2022 the sale will (taking into account anticipated market exit costs) generate a net profit before tax benefit and the release of around GBP72 million of risk weighted assets on completion. Completion is subject to approvals from originators of the loans which is expected to complete by June 2022.

Operating expenses

2020 was a year of reduced activity due to the pandemic. In 2021 activity levels increased and as a result the Group's cost base has increased by 12.3% to GBP104.0 million (2020: GBP92.6 million). The main drivers of this increase are GBP5.2 million of higher employee costs, the one-off VAT reclaim of GBP3.3 million in 2020 not recurring and an uplift in activity level leading to higher legal collection costs. As a result, the Group's cost to income ratio increased from 55.7% in 2020 to 63.2%.

Taxation

The effective statutory tax rate has reduced to 18.6% (2020: 19.4%). The effective rate for 2021 has decreased below the Corporation Tax rate of 19% as the banking surcharge cost has been more than offset by the deferred tax credit arising from a reassessment of the rates at which the deferred tax asset would reverse out in future periods.

The previous rates had assumed the level of Corporation Tax would remain at 19% but legislation has been enacted during the period, so with effect from 1 April 2023 the Corporation Tax rate will increase to 25%. The revised rates continue to assume banking surcharge of 8% on any taxable profits of Secure Trust Bank PLC in excess of GBP25 million in an accounting period. The Government is legislating to reduce the banking surcharge to 3% on bank tax profits in excess of GBP100 million with effect from 1 April 2023, however the Finance Bill containing these changes was not substantively enacted until after 31 December 2021. The reduction in the closing deferred tax asset from applying the legislation is expected to be less than GBP0.9 million. Further information is provided in Note 10.

Distributions to shareholders

The Board recommend the payment of a final dividend for 2021 of 41.1 pence per share which, together with the interim dividend of 20.0 pence per share represents a total dividend for the year of 61.1 pence per share (2020: 44.0 pence per share).

Balance sheet

 
                                                     Restated 
                                            2021         2020 
Summarised balance sheet              GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Assets 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and balances at central banks         235.7        181.5 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to banks                 50.3         63.3 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Debt securities                             25.0            - 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to customers(1)       2,530.6      2,358.9 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments             3.8          4.8 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Other assets                                40.5         52.7 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                         2,885.9      2,661.2 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Liabilities 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Due to banks                               390.8        276.4 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits from customers                  2,103.2      1,992.5 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Tier 2 subordinated liabilities             50.9         50.8 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments             6.2          6.1 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Other liabilities                           32.4         67.8 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                         2,583.5      2,393.6 
-----------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

(1) Excludes Assets held for sale of GBP1.3 million (2020: nil), which is included within Other assets.

The assets of the Group increased by 8.4% to GBP2,885.9 million as at 31 December 2021 (2020: GBP2,661.2 million). The liabilities of the Group increased by 7.9% to GBP2,583.5 million (2020: GBP2,393.6 million).

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and advances to customers (which include secured and unsecured loans and finance lease receivables) increased by 7.3% to GBP2,531.9 million (including assets held for sale of GBP1.3 million) as at 31 December 2021 (2020: GBP2,358.9 million). Excluding non-core portfolios which were sold during the year the annual growth was stronger at 11.6%.

Loan originations in the year, being the total of new loans and advances to customers entered into during the year, increased by 42.1% to GBP1,464.4 million (2020: GBP1,030.2 million).

Further analysis of loans and advances to customers, including a breakdown of the arrears profile of the Group's loan books, is provided in Notes 15, 16, 17 and 38.

Debt securities and Due to banks

Debt securities consist solely of sterling UK Government Treasury Bills ('T-Bills'). As at 31 December the Group held GBP25.0 million of T-Bills (2020: GBPnil) which was temporarily required to be utilised as collateral against Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs ('TFSME').

Amounts due to banks consisted primarily of drawings from the Bank of England TFSME facility. During the year Term Funding Scheme ('TFS') funding was replaced with TFSME funding. Overall funding increased by GBP117.0 million, which supported lending.

Deposits from customers

Customer deposits include Fixed term bonds, ISAs, Notice and Access accounts. Customer deposits increased by 5.6% during the year and closed at GBP2,103.2 million (2020: GBP1,992.5 million). Total funding ratio increased to 112.4% (2020: 109.5%), in part to fund expected Commercial Finance drawdowns in the first quarter of 2022. As set out on page 17, the mix of the deposit book has continued to change, with a continuation of the shift from long-term Fixed term bonds into ISAs. This has brought about the improvement in cost of funds referred to on page 13.

Tier 2 subordinated liabilities

Tier 2 subordinated liabilities represent two GBP25.0 million tranches of 6.75% Fixed Rate Callable Subordinated Notes, including interest accrued. Further details of the note issuances are provided in Note 32. The Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital.

Capital

Management of capital

Our capital management policy is focused on optimising shareholder value over the long term. Capital is allocated to achieve targeted risk adjusted returns whilst ensuring appropriate surpluses are held above the minimum regulatory requirements.

Key factors influencing the management of capital include:

-- The level of buffers and the capital requirement set by the Prudential Regulation Authority ('PRA')

-- Estimated credit losses calculated using IFRS 9 methodology, and the applicable transitional rules

-- New business volumes

-- The product mix of new business.

Capital resources

Capital resources increased over 2021 from GBP325.9 million to GBP350.6 million. This includes the proposed 2021 dividend of GBP7.7 million. The increase was wholly due to CET 1 capital and was driven by retained earnings growth, offset by the impact of changes to the IFRS 9 adjustment as set out below.

 
                                      Restated 
                             2021         2020 
Capital                GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------  -----------  ----------- 
CET 1 capital               303.6        280.8 
--------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Tier 2 capital               47.0         45.1 
--------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total capital               350.6        325.9 
--------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total risk exposure       2,087.4      1,999.7 
--------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
                            Restated 
                      2021      2020 
Capital ratios           %         % 
--------------------  ----  -------- 
CET 1 capital ratio   14.5      14.0 
--------------------  ----  -------- 
Total capital ratio   16.8      16.3 
--------------------  ----  -------- 
Leverage ratio        10.3      10.3 
--------------------  ----  -------- 
 

The Group has elected to adopt the IFRS 9 transitional rules. For 2021, this allows for 50% (2020: 70%) of the initial IFRS 9 transition adjustment, net of attributable deferred tax, to be added back to eligible capital. The same relief is allowed for increases in provisions between 1 January 2018 to 31 December 2019, except where these provisions relate to defaulted accounts. The same relief is allowed for increases in provisions since 1 January 2020, however as a response to the COVID-19 pandemic, this is applied at 100% (2020: 100%). All transitional relief will taper off by 31 December 2024.

The Group's regulatory capital is divided into:

-- CET 1 capital, which comprises shareholders' funds, after adding back the IFRS 9 transition adjustment and deducting qualifying intangible assets, both of which are net of attributable deferred tax.

-- Tier 2 capital, which is solely subordinated debt net of unamortised issue costs, capped at 25% of the capital requirement.

The Group operates the standardised approach to credit risk, whereby risk weightings are applied to the Group's on and off balance sheet exposures. The weightings applied are those stipulated in the Capital Requirements Regulation.

Excluding the impact of the IFRS 9 transitional rules, the Group's CET 1 capital ratio and total capital ratio would reduce to 14.0% and 16.2% respectively.

Capital requirements

The Total Capital Requirement, set by the PRA, includes both the calculated requirement derived using the standardised approach and the additional capital derived in conjunction with the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ('ICAAP'). In addition, capital is held to cover generic buffers set at a macroeconomic level by the PRA.

 
                                              Restated 
                                     2021         2020 
                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total Capital Requirement           196.7        191.4 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Capital conservation buffer          51.9         50.0 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Countercyclical buffer                  -            - 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total                               248.6        241.4 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The increase in lending balances through the year resulted in an increase in risk weighted assets over 2021, bringing the total risk exposure up from GBP1,999.7 million to GBP2,087.4 million.

The capital conservation buffer has been held at 2.5% of total risk exposure since 1 January 2019. The countercyclical capital buffer was 0% throughout 2021 as part of the PRA's response to COVID-19.

Liquidity

Liquidity resources

We continued to hold significant surplus liquidity over the minimum requirements throughout 2021, managing liquidity by holding High Quality Liquid Assets ('HQLA') and utilising predominantly retail funding balances from customer deposits over 2021. Some of the additional liquidity will be used to fund planned Commercial Finance drawdowns in 2022. Total liquid assets increased to GBP303.0 million as at 31 December 2021 (2020: GBP232.1 million).

The Group is a participant in the Bank of England's Sterling Money Market Operations under the Sterling Monetary Framework and has drawn GBP390.0 million under the TFSME. The Group has no liquid asset exposures outside of the United Kingdom and no amounts that are either past due or impaired.

 
Liquid assets     2021   2020 
--------------   -----  ----- 
Aaa - Aa3        259.0  180.5 
---------------  -----  ----- 
A1 - A3           38.9   46.5 
---------------  -----  ----- 
Unrated            5.1    5.1 
---------------  -----  ----- 
                 303.0  232.1 
 --------------  -----  ----- 
 

We continue to attract customer deposits to support balance sheet growth. We continue to focus on attracting ISA account funding, with less emphasis on retaining more expensive fixed term bonds. The composition of customer deposits is shown in the table below.

 
                          2021  2020 
Customer Deposits            %     % 
------------------      ------  ---- 
Fixed term bonds            46    54 
----------------------  ------  ---- 
Notice accounts             37    35 
----------------------  ------  ---- 
ISA                         12     7 
----------------------  ------  ---- 
Access accounts              5     4 
----------------------  ------  ---- 
                           100   100 
 ---------------------  ------  ---- 
 

Management of liquidity

The Group uses a number of measures to manage liquidity. These include:

-- The Overall Liquidity Adequacy Requirement ('OLAR'), which is the Board's view of the Group's liquidity needs as set out in the Board approved Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process ('ILAAP').

-- The Liquidity Coverage Ratio ('LCR'), which is a regulatory measure that assesses net 30-day cash outflows as a proportion of HQLA.

-- Total funding ratio, as defined in the Appendix to the Annual Report.

-- High Quality Liquid Assets ('HQLA') are held in the Bank of England Reserve Account and UK Treasury Bills. For LCR purposes the HQLA excludes UK Treasury Bills which are encumbered to provide collateral as part of the Group's TFSME drawings with the Bank of England.

The Group met the LCR minimum threshold throughout the year and, as at 31 December 2021, the LCR was 439.1%.

Business review

Consumer Finance

Retail Finance

Retail Finance includes lending products for in-store and online retailers to enable consumer purchases.

 
                           2021          2020     Movement  Movement 
                     GBPmillion    GBPmillion   GBPmillion         % 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Lending balance           764.8         658.4        106.4      16.2 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Total revenue              67.7          70.7        (3.0)     (4.2) 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Impairment charge           5.0          14.5        (9.5)    (65.5) 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 

What we do

-- We operate a market leading online e-commerce service to retailers, providing unsecured, prime lending products to the UK customers to facilitate the purchase of a wide range of consumer products including cycle, music, furniture, outdoor/leisure, electronics, dental, jewellery, home improvements and football season tickets. These markets include a large number of household names such as Watches of Switzerland, DFS, Sofology, Performance Cycles and Watchfinder.

-- The finance products are either interest bearing or have promotional credit subsidised by retailers, allowing customers to spread the cost of purchases into more affordable monthly payments.

-- The online processing system allows customers to digitally sign their credit agreements, thereby speeding up the pay-out process, and removing the need to handle sensitive personal documents.

-- The business is supported by a highly experienced senior team and workforce.

2021 performance

Retail Finance reported strong lending growth and revenue performance in the second half of 2021. Overall, revenues in 2021 decreased by 4.2% or GBP3.0 million to GBP67.7 million (2020: GBP70.7 million) recovering from a 10.9% decline year on year for the first six months of 2021. Since our retailer partners re-opened their stores in mid-April after the national lockdown in response to COVID-19, new business levels have responded positively and total new lending in 2021 was GBP771.5 million, 26% higher year on year (2020: GBP614.5 million).

As a result, at 31 December 2021, lending balances reached GBP764.8 million (2020: GBP658.4 million), an increase of 16.2%, providing a strong platform for revenue growth for 2022. The mix of new business towards interest free lending, however, has reduced the overall gross yield. The growth in 2021 has come primarily from the furniture, jewellery and healthcare sub-markets.

Impairment charges reduced to GBP5.0 million (2020: GBP14.5 million), which is driven by a non-recurring release in provisions from more benign macroeconomic conditions and improved customer credit quality due to the increased mix of interest free lending. All the payment holiday arrangements introduced since the start of COVID-19 had concluded by 31 December 2021.

We anticipate further lending growth from our existing retail partners and our operational plans are focused on improving the customer journey for both our channel partners and customers. The planned launch of new Buy Now Pay Later products using the technology from the proposed acquisition of AppToPay will promote additional lending.

Vehicle Finance

Finance is arranged through motor dealerships, brokers and internet introducers and involves fixed rate, fixed term hire purchase and personal contract purchase arrangements on used cars.

 
                           2021          2020     Movement  Movement 
                     GBPmillion    GBPmillion   GBPmillion         % 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Lending balance           263.3         243.9         19.4       8.0 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Total revenue              39.3          45.5        (6.2)    (13.6) 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Impairment charge           0.1          20.7       (20.6)    (99.5) 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 

What we do

-- We provide hire purchase lending products for used cars primarily to near-prime customers. In 2021 we launched a hire purchase lending and Personal Contract Purchase ('PCP') product into the consumer prime credit market, and in 2019 a Stock Funding product to allow dealers to finance vehicles on their forecourt as part exchanges, from auction partners or from other trade sources.

-- Finance is provided via technology platforms allowing the business to receive applications online from its introducers; provide an automated decision; facilitate document production through to pay-out to dealer; and manage in-life loan accounts.

-- All lending is secured against the vehicle being financed.

2021 performance

The number of used vehicles bought on consumer finance at point of sale increased by 10%(1) in 2021 over 2020, but remained 9% lower than in 2019. The amount advanced increased by significantly more year on year, up 19%, to GBP19.2 billion in 2021, reflecting the increase in used vehicle values.

In 2021, our Vehicle Finance business advanced GBP134.4 million of new business lending to consumers and GBP65.4 million in Stock Funding to used car dealers, both significantly ahead of the amount recorded in 2020 (Consumer: GBP65.9 million and Stock Funding: GBP12.7 million). The new Prime Hire Purchase offering, which launched in 2021, delivered GBP14.6 million of new lending. The new Prime PCP product was launched in November 2021.

New lending accelerated in the second half of the year whilst lending balances at 31 December 2021 reached GBP263.3 million, which is 8.0% higher year on year (2020: GBP243.9 million), average lending balances in 2021 were 15.9% lower than in 2020. As a result, revenues were 13.6% or GBP6.2 million lower at GBP39.3 million (2020: GBP45.5 million).

The impairment charge for 2021 was GBP0.1 million (2020: GBP20.7 million). This result was driven by a release in provisions arising from more benign macroeconomic conditions, which will not be repeated in 2022, and lower than expected defaults.

In 2021, we amended the credit policy to allow lending to acquire both electric and hybrid vehicles, which now amounts to 1% of the portfolio.

In 2022, we are looking to increase the lending growth from the new Prime Hire Purchase and PCP products launched in 2021. Furthermore, we will utilise the technology investment and enhanced customer journeys delivered by our Motor Transformation Programme across all our products to improve growth and enhance earnings.

1. Source: Finance & Leasing Association.

Debt Management

Credit management services for the Group and external clients.

 
                                    2021          2020     Movement  Movement 
                              GBPmillion    GBPmillion   GBPmillion         % 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Lending balance                     79.6          81.8        (2.2)     (2.7) 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Total revenue                       14.6          14.8        (0.2)     (1.4) 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Impairment (credit)/charge         (0.6)           8.9        (9.5)   (106.7) 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 

What we do

-- Debt Managers (Services) Limited ('DMS') is a credit management services business and primarily invests in purchased debt portfolios from third parties and fellow Group undertakings. In addition, it collects debt on behalf of a range of clients.

-- Debt purchase allows DMS to acquire paying and non paying accounts and recover amounts due over an extended period.

-- All customer-facing staff receive training on how to effectively use industry recognised techniques to help identify signs of vulnerability. We aim to provide all customers with the best possible customer service by recognising every customer is different.

-- Customers that need additional support are managed by a specialist Customer Care Team. We work closely with debt charities to ensure that customers receive an appropriate service for them.

2021 progress

Revenues decreased marginally by GBP0.2 million to GBP14.6 million in the year to 31 December 2021 (2020: GBP14.8 million). Lending balances reduced by GBP2.2 million to GBP79.6 million at 31 December 2021 (2020: GBP81.8 million).

New portfolios acquired in 2021 from external parties were GBP23.3 million (2020: GBP20.5 million). This was lower than expected due to fewer portfolios available in the market, as selling organisations deferred debt sales into 2022.

The impairment credit for the year was GBP0.6 million (2020: GBP8.9 million) reflecting that, across the year, the actual collections performed in line with the forecast collections.

Following a strategic review, the Board decided to exit the debt purchase market. On 11 March 2022, it announced that it had agreed to sell the DMS's portfolio of loans to Intrum UK Finance Limited. Further information can be found in the Financial review on page 14.

Business Finance

Real Estate Finance

Supports SMEs in providing finance principally for residential development and residential investment.

 
                           2021          2020     Movement  Movement 
                     GBPmillion    GBPmillion   GBPmillion         % 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Lending balance         1,109.6       1,051.9         57.7       5.5 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Total revenue              54.8          54.0          0.8       1.5 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Impairment charge           0.1           5.2        (5.1)    (98.1) 
------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 

What we do

-- Real Estate Finance lends on portfolios of residential property and the development of new build property.

-- Lending enables the development of new build property, commercial to residential conversions.

-- Lending is sourced and supported both directly and via introducers and brokers and is typically provided over a term of up to five years with conservative loan-to-value criteria.

-- We have an experienced, specialist team with many years of property expertise, who are nimble and responsive within the market. Through a difficult trading period, our partnerships with our brokers, introducers and customers have been key to a growth in lending balances in 2021. We maintain a strong risk management framework to existing and prospective customers, giving us a strong foundation.

2021 performance

Real Estate Finance experienced a slower first half of the year due to the COVID-19 restrictions and so it was pleasing to report a 5.5% growth in lending balances in 2021 to GBP1,109.6 million (2020: GBP1,051.9 million). New business lending doubled to GBP376.1 million (2020: GBP189.5 million). Revenues were 1.5% or GBP0.8 million higher at GBP54.8 million (2020: GBP54.0 million) as the mix in the book moved towards investment loans from higher margin development loans. The mix of investment loans increased from 74% to 87% in 2021, reflecting the maturity of a number of larger development loans.

The new Greener Homes Scheme supports property developers and investors to meet the UK Government's Clean Growth Strategy by 2035. The new product launched in June 2021 generated new loans of GBP136.9 million in the year.

The macroeconomic environment has been less adversely impacted than expected. There was a small impairment charge of GBP0.1 million in 2021 (2020: GBP5.2 million) reflecting the impact of more favourable macroeconomic assumptions applied during the year, a low number of loans in default, and continued strong portfolio management. None of our customers had payment holidays at the end of the year.

Commercial Finance

Provision of invoice discounting and factoring to SME businesses.

 
                                    2021          2020     Movement  Movement 
                              GBPmillion    GBPmillion   GBPmillion         % 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Lending balance                    313.3         230.7         82.6      35.8 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Total revenue                       17.4          15.2          2.2      14.5 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Impairment (credit)/charge         (0.2)           1.1        (1.3)   (118.2) 
---------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 

What we do

-- Lending remains predominantly against receivables, typically releasing 90% of qualifying invoices under invoice discounting and factoring services. Other assets can also be funded either long or short-term and for a range of loan-to-value ratios alongside these facilities.

-- Commercial Finance has also provided additional unsecured lending to existing customers through the Government guaranteed Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan ('CBIL') Scheme, Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan ('CLBIL') Scheme and Recovery Loan Scheme ('RLS').

-- Commercial Finance business is sourced and supported both directly and via introducers.

-- The Commercial Finance team has a strong reputation across the Asset Based Lending market. Its experienced specialist team works effectively with its partners across private equity and accountancy practices.

2021 performance

Commercial Finance maintained its strong first half performance into the second half of 2021. Lending balances increased by 35.8% to GBP313.3 million by the end of December 2021 (2020: GBP230.7 million). Average lending balances increased by 17.0% year on year whilst clients' undrawn availability ran at historically high levels with undrawn funds averaging GBP109.1 million through the year. As a result, revenues grew by 14.5% or GBP2.2 million to GBP17.4 million in 2021 (2020: GBP15.2 million).

This performance was driven by healthy levels of new business and low client attrition. There was a small impairment credit of GBP0.2 million in 2021 (2020: GBP1.1 million charge) reflecting our strong and effective credit risk practices and the strength of our lending security, notably our clients' receivables. The 2020 impairment charge reflected worsening macroeconomic forecasts not customer losses.

In the 2021 Interim Report, we reported that the British Business Bank had approved the Group's application to offer our clients support under the Recovery Loan Scheme ('RLS') where the UK Government guarantees up to 80% of each RLS facility. By the end of December 2021, five deals had been completed with facilities totalling GBP13.0 million. The Group will continue offering facilities under the amended RLS scheme where applications from 1 January will benefit from a revised 70% guarantee level.

Of the GBP52.9 million advanced under the previous UK Government CBILs and CLBILs which closed in March 2021, the balances at 31 December 2021 were GBP32.1 million. Commercial Finance took the conscious decision not to participate in the UK Government's Bounce Bank Loan Scheme.

Looking forward, Commercial Finance starts 2022 with a strong new business pipeline and a stable customer base.

Savings

The Group attracts funding primarily via retail savings, offering individuals competitive, simple products, applied for and serviced online and backed by the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme.

 
                          2021          2020     Movement  Movement 
                    GBPmillion    GBPmillion   GBPmillion         % 
-----------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Fixed term bonds         974.6       1,076.4      (101.8)     (9.5) 
-----------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Notice accounts          771.9         705.1         66.8       9.5 
-----------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
ISAs                     255.0         129.6        125.4      96.8 
-----------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
Access accounts          101.7          81.4         20.3      24.9 
-----------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
                       2,103.2       1,992.5        110.7       5.6 
-----------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -------- 
 

What we do

-- We offer a range of savings accounts that are purposefully simple in design, with a choice of products from same day withdrawal to 180-day notice, and one to seven year fixed terms across both bonds and ISAs.

-- Accounts are made available and priced in line with our ongoing funding needs, allowing each individual to hold a maximum balance of GBP1 million.

-- Our range of savings products enables us to access the majority of the UK personal savings markets and compete for

significant liquidity pools, achieving a lower marginal cost with the volume, mix and the rates offered optimised to the demand

of our funding needs.

2021 performance

The Savings business has continued to raise deposits in an increasingly competitive market through our range of retail savings products. Over GBP1.0 billion of new deposits were generated in 2021, the majority of which came from external new funding (GBP661.4 million). This increased total savings balances to GBP2.1 billion by the end of 2021 (2020: 2.0 billion).

Our strategy to diversify our product range through our Fixed Rate ISA and Access products has enabled us to reduce our cost of retail deposits, despite acquisition rates across savings products increasing during the second half of the year.

ISA balances have almost doubled to GBP255.0 million (2020: GBP129.6 million), while variable rate deposits have similarly grown to GBP873.6 million (2020: GBP774.8 million), driven by customers' continued preference for shorter-dated deposit accounts. The operation has been further simplified during 2021 through the closure of our OneBill account and a small book of non-personal savings products.

Alignment of existing savings rates to market reductions during the first half of 2021 reduced the cost of retail deposits. We expect a continued rise in the cost of retail deposits in 2022 through further increases in the Base Rate and continued competition for new deposits. We will therefore continue our strategy to diversify our product range by launching our Access account to new and existing customers during the first quarter of 2022.

To support this our new digital proposition will be delivered during the year, creating a platform to enable the growth of retail deposits in a cost-effective way.

Principal risks and uncertainties

Risk management

A fundamental element of the Group's strategy is the effective management of risk, in order to protect the Group's depositors, borrowers and shareholders, to ensure that the Group maintains sufficient capital, liquidity and operational control at all times and acts in a reputable way. This is reflected in the Group's strategy and values, in particular the 'Sustain' strategy and 'Risk Aware' value, which demonstrate the Group's commitment to protect the reputation, integrity and sustainability of the Group.

The Group's Chief Risk Officer is responsible for leading the Group's Risk Function, which is independent from the Group's operational and commercial functions. The Risk Function is responsible for ensuring that appropriate risk management processes and controls are in place, and that they are sufficiently robust, to ensure that key risks are identified, assessed, monitored and mitigated. The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for reporting to the Board that the Group's principal risks are appropriately managed and that it is operating within its risk appetite.

Risk appetite

The Group's Board approves the firm's risk appetite statements that confirm the risk parameters within which the strategic aims and vision of the Group are to be achieved. The Group has identified the risk drivers and major risk categories relevant to the business to enable it to produce a comprehensive suite of risk appetite statements and metrics which underpin the strategy of the Group.

Governance

The Group's risk management frameworks, policies and procedures are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that they accurately identify the risks that the Group faces in its business activities and are appropriate for the nature, scale and complexity of the Group's business. The Group's risk management frameworks support decision-making across the Group and are designed to ensure that each risk is managed, monitored and overseen through a dedicated risk-specific committee.

Effective risk committees are operating at Board, Group and individual business unit level to ensure there is clear accountability for risk management, a robust framework and risk identification and mitigation strategies are in place across the Group.

In 2021 a new Executive Risk Committee ('ERC'), chaired by the Chief Risk Officer was established to further embed and align the Group's risk management frameworks. The Committee reviews key risk management information from across the risk disciplines, with material escalated to the Executive Committee ('ExCo') and/or the Risk Committee of the Board ('BRC') as required.

The Group operates a 'Three Lines of Defence' model for the management of its risks. The Three Lines of Defence, when taken together, control and manage risks in line with the Group's risk appetite. The three lines are:

-- First Line: the Business Line Managers who own and manage risk;

-- Second Line: functions that oversee or specialise in risk management or compliance (Information Security, Operational Risk, Prudential Risk, Credit Risk, Financial Crime and Compliance Teams); and

-- Third Line: Internal Audit.

Each line of defence effectively ensures a robust risk framework within the Group. The Group ensures that each line understands its respective responsibilities and those of the other lines and has the appropriate resource and expertise in order to fulfil its responsibilities.

The Group operates an Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework ('ERMF') , which supports the coordination of risk management disciplines across the Group. Underneath the ERMF sit individual risk discipline frameworks and policies which set standards on:

-- Risk identification: activities are embedded through integration with key business processes to ensure the Group:

- Considers how existing activities may impact the current and future risk profile

- Considers the implications of new products

- Has an awareness of how external influences may affect risk.

-- Risk management: focuses on the application of tools, techniques and processes to quantify risks in order to effectively measure risk and its change over time.

-- Risk monitoring: Board and senior management are provided with timely identification of the risk position, current emerging risks, material threats and opportunities to enable appropriate management actions.

-- Risk reporting: The Board, Committees, and senior management are informed of any changes in the Group's risk profile or position and necessary actions via regular reporting. In addition, ad-hoc reporting to address any specific concerns affecting risk management or strategies must be available.

Further details of the Group's risk management framework, including risk appetite, governance arrangements and key committees, can be found on the Group's website:

www.securetrustbank.com/our-corporate-information/risk-management

Risk overview

Executive management performs ongoing monitoring and assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. The following table shows the principal risks facing the Group, the movement indicates how the risk profile for each individual risk has shifted over the course of 2021. This year Financial Crime and Climate Change have been split out from Regulatory and Operational Risk respectively to provide further insight into the work currently being undertaken by the Group.

 
Principal risk                                                                  Change to the risk profile over 2021 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Credit risk                                                                     Improving 
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to satisfy their 
debt servicing 
commitments when due. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Liquidity and Funding risk                                                      Stable 
The risk that the Group is unable to meet its obligations as they fall due or 
can only do 
so at excessive cost. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Capital risk                                                                    Stable 
Capital risk is the risk that the Group will have insufficient capital 
resources to meet minimum 
regulatory requirements and to support the business. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Market risk                                                                     Stable 
The risk that the value of, or revenue generated from, the Group's assets and 
liabilities 
is impacted as a result of market movements, predominantly interest rates. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Operational risk                                                                Stable 
Operational risk is the risk that the Group may be exposed to direct or 
indirect loss arising 
from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel and succession, 
technology or infrastructure, 
or from external factors. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Conduct risk                                                                    Stable 
The risk that the Group's products and services, and the way they are 
delivered, result in 
poor outcomes for customers, or harm to the Group. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Regulatory risk                                                                 Stable 
The risk that the Group fails to be compliant with all relevant regulatory 
requirements. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Financial Crime risk                                                            Stable 
The risk that the Group fails to prevent the facilitation of financial crime 
by not having 
effective systems and controls and does not meet regulatory requirements. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
Climate Change risk                                                             Stable 
The risk of the potential 'physical' effects of climate change and the 
'transitional' risks 
from the UK's adjustment towards a carbon neutral economy on the Group's 
strategy, performance 
and operational resilience. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ 
 

Notes 38 to 41 to the financial statements provide further analysis of credit, liquidity, market and capital risks.

Further details of the principal risks, the changes in risk profile during the 2021 financial year and the Group's risk management framework are set out in the following section. There is also analysis of some of the key strategic and emerging risks which may

impact the Group.

 
Credit risk 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to satisfy their debt servicing 
 commitments when due. Counterparties include the consumers to whom the Group lends on a secured 
 and unsecured basis and the small and medium size enterprises ('SME') to whom the Group lends 
 on a secured basis as well as the market counterparties with whom the Group deals. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Mitigation 
 The Group manages credit risk through internal controls and through a three lines of defence 
 model. The Consumer Credit Risk Committee and SME Credit Committees, which are the monitoring 
 committees for credit risk, report to the Risk Committee. The ERC approves lending authorities 
 in respect of SME lending. Each consumer lending product has a monthly portfolio review which 
 reviews business performance. Policy and scorecard changes are approved at the Consumer Credit 
 Risk Committee. 
 For Real Estate Finance and Commercial Finance, lending decisions are made by their respective 
 Credit Committees, using expert judgement and assessment against criteria set out in the lending 
 policies. Exposure to credit risk is also managed in part by obtaining security. Vehicle Finance 
 loans are secured against motor vehicles. Real Estate Finance loans are secured against property. 
 Commercial Finance advances are secured against a debtor book, inventory, plant and machinery 
 or property if a commercial mortgage is provided. 
 Management monitors the credit ratings of the counterparties in relation to the Group's loans 
 and advances to banks. There is no direct exposure to the Eurozone and peripheral Eurozone 
 countries. 
 Forbearance 
 The Group does not routinely reschedule contractual arrangements where customers default on 
 their repayments. It may offer the customer the option to reduce or defer payments for a short 
 period, in which cases the loan will retain the normal contractual payment due dates and will 
 be treated the same as any other defaulting cases for impairment purposes. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Consumer Finance credit risk 
 Application, arrears and loss trends for the Retail Finance and Vehicle Finance portfolios 
 are monitored monthly by the Credit Risk function. Since the end of lockdown Retail Finance 
 business volumes have returned to pre-pandemic levels. Portfolio quality continues to improve 
 driven by the proportion of new business in the lower risk furniture and jewellery sectors. 
 Arrears cases remain below expectations as reflected by the higher quality business being 
 written. 
 Vehicle Finance has seen volumes steadily increasing, particularly in the second half of the 
 year, as credit policy has returned to pre-pandemic standards. The Prime Hire Purchase product 
 is starting to see higher volumes as introducers are aware of our risk appetite, and the Prime 
 PCP product was launched in December 2021. Impairments are performing well and are lower than 
 expectation. 
 The increase in inflation in the second half of 2021 resulting in rising energy prices and 
 the cost of living will impact customers that had low levels of disposable income, meaning 
 that they will have to prioritise the debts that they pay. This is likely to result in increased 
 impairments on the Consumer portfolios. The Group has implemented an Expert Credit Judgement 
 overlay to account for the heightened risk of default from the highest risk, lowest income 
 customers. 
 Business Finance credit risk 
 New business origination activities in Business Finance returned to business as usual as the 
 UK exited lockdown during the year. New business in Real Estate Finance was driven in part 
 by the launch of the Greener Home Scheme product, which against some large scheduled repayments 
 saw the balances grow modestly throughout the year. In Real Estate Finance, the majority of 
 customers impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic saw rental income recover and as a result there 
 was no need to extend the forbearance measures previously agreed; with loans moved back to 
 original terms. 
 In Commercial Finance the Government guaranteed loan schemes (CBILS, CLBILS, RLS) were deployed 
 in response to COVID-19. The business has successfully provided circa GBP65.9 million of loans 
 and has received circa 30% in repayments so far. Commercial Finance took the conscious decision 
 not to participate in the UK Government's Bounce Back Loan Scheme. The overall Commercial 
 Finance portfolio has grown through the year, despite significant unutilised headroom. 
 The Group has not relaxed any of its key risk appetite parameters during the year. Management 
 continues to monitor each of the portfolios closely and regularly reviews the external events 
 and changes to the wider environment that could have a material impact on any of them. 
 Concentration risk 
 Management assesses the potential concentration risk from geographic, product and individual 
 loan concentration. Due to the well diversified nature of its lending operations, the Group 
 does not consider there to be a material exposure arising from concentration risk. 
 Model risk and the impact of IFRS 9 
 The IFRS 9 models have been monitored closely throughout the year and found to be working 
 effectively. A new Probability of Default model was implemented for the Real Estate Finance 
 business in the second half of 2021 and has performed well. Minor enhancements have been made 
 to the models where appropriate ahead of a routine full review, and where appropriate, redevelopment 
 in 2022. The extreme economic conditions brought about by COVID-19 have required particular 
 focus on the macroeconomic variables that drive the forward-looking elements of the IFRS 9 
 models (the Economic Response Model). Unemployment rate has the largest influence on the Economic 
 Response Model element of IFRS 9, with House Price Index also playing an influence in the 
 Real Estate Portfolio. Throughout the year the Bank has continued to stress the IFRS 9 models 
 with a number of unemployment scenarios, to assist with business planning and forecasting. 
 Payment holidays have kept the provision levels produced by the IFRS 9 models artificially 
 low in the first half of 2021, so where necessary overlays were used to maintain provision 
 cover at appropriate levels. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Change during the year - Improving 
 Given the positive response seen from the portfolios to the pandemic and the robust credit 
 appetite controls that continue to be applied, the overall assessment of credit risk improved 
 during the year. Despite the low numbers of defaults experienced throughout the year, however, 
 difficult economic conditions are expected in 2022. Inflation is expected to rise and labour 
 shortages and supply chain disruption are expected to continue. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
Liquidity and Funding risk 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 Liquidity and funding risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its obligations as 
 they fall due or can only do so at excessive cost. The Group maintains adequate liquidity 
 resources and a prudent, stable funding profile at all times to cover liabilities as they 
 fall due in normal and stressed conditions. 
 The Group manages its liquidity in line with internal and regulatory requirements, and at 
 least annually assesses the robustness of the liquidity requirements as part of the Group's 
 Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process ('ILAAP'). 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Mitigation Risk tolerance and stress testing 
 The Board sets and approves the Group's liquidity and funding risk appetite. Liquidity and 
 funding risk is managed by the Group's Treasury function and is overseen by the Assets & Liabilities 
 Committee ('ALCO'). The Group's ALCO monitors compliance with the Group's policies and oversees 
 the overall strategy, guidelines and limits so that the Group's future plans and strategy 
 can be achieved within risk appetite. 
 The Liquidity Working Group ('LWG'), a working group of ALCO including representation from 
 Business Unit Finance Directors, embeds the identification, monitoring, measurement and management 
 of liquidity and funding risks in the day-to-day activities of the Group. The Risk Function 
 is responsible for ensuring that appropriate risk management processes and controls are in 
 place, and that they are sufficiently robust to ensure that key risks are identified, assessed, 
 monitored and mitigated. 
 Liquidity and funding metrics are monitored daily through daily liquidity reporting and on 
 an ongoing basis through monthly ALCO meetings. Metrics are also included in the monthly information 
 pack presented at the Group's ExCo, the BRC and the Board. 
 The aim is not to measure liquidity and funding with a single metric but rather a range of 
 principles and metrics which, when taken together, helps ensure that the Group's liquidity 
 and funding risk is maintained at an acceptable level. The primary measures used by management 
 to assess the adequacy of liquidity is the Overall Liquidity Adequacy Rule ('OLAR') (which 
 is the Board's own view of the Group's liquidity needs as set out in the Board-approved ILAAP), 
 the Liquidity Coverage Ratio ('LCR'), and the Funding to Loan Ratio. The Group manages liquidity 
 by working to ensure compliance with the most binding metric. 
 In line with the Prudential Regulation Authority's ('PRA') self-sufficiency rule (the OLAR) 
 the Group seek at all times to maintain liquidity resources which are adequate, both as to 
 amount and quality, to ensure that there is no significant risk that its liabilities cannot 
 be met as they fall due under stressed conditions. The Group defines liquidity adequacy as 
 the: 
  *    Ongoing ability to accommodate the refinancing of 
       liabilities upon maturity and other means of 
       withdrawal at acceptable cost; 
 
 
  *    Ability to fund asset growth; and 
 
 
  *    Capacity to otherwise meet contractual obligations 
       through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable 
       market rates. 
 
 
 To meets its liquidity requirements the Group maintains a buffer of unencumbered High Quality 
 Liquid Assets ('HQLA'). 
 The Group conducts regular and comprehensive liquidity stress testing to identify sources 
 of potential liquidity strain and to ensure that the Group's liquidity position remains within 
 the Board Risk Appetite and prudential regulatory requirements and limits. Stress testing 
 covers idiosyncratic, market-wide, and combined stress scenarios, with additional stress scenarios 
 including reverse stresses and combinations of sensitivity analysis across individual items. 
 Contingency funding plans 
 If for reasons which may be beyond the business' control, the Group was to encounter a significant 
 and sustained outflow of deposits or other stress on liquidity resource, the Recovery Plan 
 incorporates the Group's plans to ensure that it remains sufficiently liquid to remain a viable 
 independent financial institution during a severe liquidity stress event. Recovery Plan Early 
 Warning Indicators and Invocation Trigger Points are regularly monitored and reported against. 
 The Recovery Plan is applied consistently with the Group's ILAAP as part of the overall liquidity 
 risk management framework dealing with contingent funding requirements as they arise. The 
 Group also retains access to the Bank of England liquidity schemes, including the Discount 
 Window Facility. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Change during the year - Stable 
 The Group has maintained its liquidity ratios in excess of regulatory requirements throughout 
 the year and continues to hold significant levels of HQLA. 
 A number of enhancements were made to the liquidity and funding risk management in 2021. These 
 included a further review of the quantum of liquidity the Group holds to support its franchise 
 in business-as-usual and stressed conditions. A thorough review of the Group's regulatory 
 liquidity reporting has also been completed. The stress tests performed as part of the ILAAP 
 confirmed that the Group has sufficient funds to satisfy the OLAR requirement and there is 
 no significant risk that liabilities cannot be met as they fall due. The Group's LCR as at 
 31 December 2021 was significantly higher than the regulatory requirement. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
Capital risk 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 Capital risk is the risk that the Group will have insufficient capital resources to meet minimum 
 regulatory requirements and to support the business. The Group adopts a conservative approach 
 to managing its capital and at least annually assesses the robustness of the capital requirements 
 as part of the Group's Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ('ICAAP'). 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Mitigation 
 Capital Management is defined as the operational and governance processes by which capital 
 requirements are established and capital resources maintained and allocated, such that regulatory 
 requirements are met while maximising returns. These processes and associated roles and responsibilities 
 are set out in the Group's Capital Management Policy, which is approved by the BRC. The Board 
 regularly reviews the current and forecast capital position to ensure capital resources are 
 sufficient to support planned levels of growth. 
 In accordance with the EU's Capital Requirements Directive V ('CRD V') and the required parameters 
 set out in the EU's Capital Requirement Regulation, which have been prescribed into UK law 
 following Brexit, the Group maintains an ICAAP which is updated at least annually. 
 The ICAAP is a process that brings together the management framework (i.e. the policies, procedures, 
 strategies and systems that the Group has implemented to identify, manage and mitigate its 
 risks) and the financial disciplines of business planning and capital management. 
 Not all material risks can be mitigated by capital, but where capital is appropriate the Board 
 has adopted an approach to determine the level of capital we need to hold. This method takes 
 the Pillar 1 capital formula calculations (standardised approach for credit, market and operational 
 risk) as a starting point, and then considers whether each of the calculations delivers a 
 sufficient capital sum adequate to cover management's assessment of anticipated risks. Where 
 it is considered that the Pillar 1 calculations do not reflect the risk, an additional capital 
 add-on in Pillar 2 is applied, as per the Total Capital Requirement issued by the PRA. 
 A complete assessment of the Group's capital requirement is contained in its Pillar 3 disclosures. 
 Pillar 3 disclosures for the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021 are published as a 
 separate document on our website. 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Change during the year - Stable 
 As set out in the Financial review, the Group's capital position improved in 2021, reflecting 
 the growth in profits. The Group continues to meet its capital ratio measures. Details of 
 the CET 1, total capital ratio and leverage ratio are included in the Financial review on 
 page 16. 
 The 2021 ICAAP showed that the Group continues to be able to meet its minimum capital requirements, 
 even under extreme stress scenarios. In addition to the ICAAP, the Group performs regular 
 budgeting and reforecasting exercises which consider a five-year time horizon. These forecasts 
 are used to plan for future lending growth at a rate that both increases year-on-year profits 
 and maintains a healthy capital surplus. They considered the impact of known and anticipated 
 future regulatory changes including the estimated impact of the re-introduction of the countercyclical 
 capital buffer ('CCyB') prior to its announcement in December 2021. 
 The PRA's proposed increases in CCyB explained on page 25 will not challenge the Group's minimum 
 regulatory capital position. The Group will continue to monitor its future capital requirements 
 as it grows its risk weighted assets over the reporting period. 
 The Group also models a number of stressed scenarios looking over a five-year time horizon, 
 which consider a range of growth rates over those years as part of the viability and going 
 concern assessments. 
 The 2020 pandemic demonstrated the benefit of the relatively short duration of the Group's 
 lending portfolios. As the crisis took hold, the reduction in certain of our markets and our 
 tightening of credit risk appetite led to a swift reduction in our balance sheet, thereby 
 reducing pressure on capital levels. This feature of our balance sheet allows us to flex future 
 growth rates in response to changing economic conditions. 
 The Group adopted transitional provisions in respect of the implementation of IFRS 9. These 
 provisions allow the capital impact of the standard to be phased in over a five-year period. 
 As a response to the pandemic, further capital relief was made available, and the Group's 
 reported capital position takes account of this relief. Further details are provided in the 
 Financial review on page 16. 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
Market risk 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 The Group's market risk is primarily linked to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk refers 
 to the exposure of the Group's financial position to adverse movements in interest rates. 
 When interest rates change, the present value and timing of future cash flows change. This 
 in turn changes the underlying value of the Group's assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet 
 instruments and hence its economic value. Changes in interest rates also affect the Group's 
 earnings by altering interest-sensitive income and expenses, affecting its net interest income. 
 The principal currency in which the Group operates is Sterling, although a small number of 
 transactions are completed in US dollars, Euros and other currencies in the Commercial Finance 
 business. The Group has no significant exposures to foreign currencies and hedges any residual 
 currency risks to Sterling. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Mitigation Risk tolerance and stress testing 
 Market risk is managed by the Group's Treasury function and is overseen by the ALCO. The Group 
 does not take significant unmatched positions and does not operate a trading book. 
 The Group's risk management framework, policies and procedures are regularly reviewed and 
 updated to ensure that they accurately identify the risks that the Group faces in its business 
 activities and are appropriate for the nature, scale and complexity of the Group's business. 
 The Group uses an interest rate sensitivity gap analysis which informs the Group of any significant 
 mismatched interest rate risk positions that require hedging. The Group reports the interest 
 rate mismatch on a monthly basis to ALCO, considering Market Value Sensitivity ('MVS') as 
 a proportion of the overall capital position of the Group and Earnings at Risk as a proportion 
 of forecast net interest income. These are mainly assessed against 200bps and 100bps parallel 
 shifts in rates respectively. These measures also assess the Group's exposure to a potential 
 negative interest rate environment. 
 The Group also monitors its exposure to the Economic Value of Equity ('EVE') as a proportion 
 of own funds and CET 1 against a 200bps parallel shift in rates, as well as the six standardised 
 shocks prescribed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision ('BCBS'). 
 The Group also monitors its exposure to basis risk, optionality, and any residual non-GBP 
 positions. Processes are also in place to review and react to movements to the Bank of England 
 Base Rate. 
 All such exposures are maintained within the risk appetite set by the Board and are monitored 
 by ALCO. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Change during the year - Stable 
 The Group's exposure to market risk continues to be primarily focused on interest rate risk, 
 with only modest exposures to foreign exchange risk. Performance against risk appetite is 
 closely tracked and reviewed to align with Group Strategy. The Group remained within risk 
 appetite in respect of market risk throughout the year. 
 The Group has made further enhancements to market risk management in 2021 and regularly reviews 
 the risk management framework. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 
 
Operational risk 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 Operational risk is the risk that the Group may be exposed to direct or indirect loss arising 
 from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel and succession, technology/ infrastructure, 
 or from external factors. 
 The scope of Operational risk is broad and includes business process, business continuity, 
 third party, Financial Crime, Change, Human Resources, Information Security and IT risk, including 
 Cyber risk. The Group's customers, operations, processes, products and people are exposed 
 to these inherent risks so it has made significant investments to carefully manage and mitigate 
 these risks and ensure there is a robust and effective Operational Risk Framework in operation 
 across all areas of its business. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Mitigation 
 The Group has an Operational Risk Framework designed in accordance with the 'Principles for 
 the Sound Management of Operational Risk' issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. 
 This Framework defines and facilitates the following activities: 
  *    A Risk and Control Self-Assessment process to 
       identify, assess and mitigate risks across all 
       business units through improvements to the control 
       environment 
 
 
  *    The Governance arrangements for managing and 
       reporting these risks 
 
 
  *    Risk appetite statements and associated thresholds 
       and metrics 
 
 
  *    An incident management process that defines how 
       incidents should be managed and associated 
       remediation, reporting and root-cause analysis. 
 
 
 The design and effectiveness of the Group's Operational Risk Framework is regularly audited 
 by the Group's Internal Audit function. 
 The Framework ensures appropriate governance is in place to provide adequate and effective 
 oversight of the Group's operational risks. The governance framework includes the Group Operational 
 Risk Committee, the ERC and the BRC. 
 The Group has a defined set of qualitative and quantitative operational risk appetite measures. 
 These measures cover all categories of operational risk and are reported and monitored monthly. 
 In addition to the delivery of Framework requirements Operational Risk has also focused on 
 these thematic areas in 2021: 
  *    COVID-19 (business disruption) - The pandemic has 
       increased the inherent risks faced by our business 
       across a number of operational risk categories and 
       has remained a key area of focus in 2021. As well as 
       working to minimise the operational implications 
       through changes to our operating practices, the Group 
       has also been focusing on the safe return of 
       colleagues to the offices over the second half of the 
       year. The threat of new variants remains, and we 
       continue to closely monitor the situation. The 
       pandemic has increased the competitiveness of the UK 
       job market with hybrid working allowing recruiters to 
       look nationally for new talent. Inflationary 
       pressures have also increased pressure on wages 
       across the sector, further increasing the importance 
       of succession planning and mitigating key person 
       risk. 
 
 
  *    Supplier management - The Group uses a number of 
       third parties to support its IT and operational 
       processes. The Group recognises that it is important 
       to effectively manage these suppliers and has 
       embedded a suite of standard controls for all its 
       material suppliers to reduce the risk of operational 
       impacts on these critical services. This has been 
       particularly important during the COVID-19 pandemic, 
       so we have remained in regular contact with our key 
       suppliers and gained assurances over their ongoing 
       ability to support our operations. Further tools have 
       been developed, and are being rolled out, to help 
       understand the quality of the resilience controls in 
       operation at our critical suppliers. This will 
       continue to be an area of focus for 2022. 
 
 
  *    Operational and IT resilience - Many elements of the 
       Operational Risk Framework support the ongoing 
       resilience of the Group's operational and IT services, 
       including business continuity management, disaster 
       recovery, incident management, process management, 
       and the cyber strategy. The Group has defined a 
       formal plan to respond to the new requirements of the 
       Consultation Papers issued on this subject by the 
       Financial Conduct Authority ('FCA') and PRA. 
       Compliance with these requirements and continuing to 
       enhance the resilience of our services remains a key 
       priority. 
 
 
  *    Information security and cyber risk - The Group has 
       paid considerable attention to ensuring the effective 
       management of risks arising from a failure or breach 
       of its information technology systems that could 
       result in customer exposure, business disruption, 
       financial losses, or reputational damage. 
 
 
  *    Change Management - The effective delivery of Change 
       Management programmes plays an important role in 
       meeting the Group's regulatory requirements, 
       improving services and delivering our strategic 
       plans. Ineffective change management processes could 
       lead to poor customer outcomes, business disruption, 
       financial loss and regulatory breaches. Change 
       Management processes and governance are defined and 
       embedded across the Group. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Change during the year - Stable 
 The Group uses the 'The Standardised Approach' for assessing its operational risk capital, 
 in recognition of the enhancements made to its framework and embedding this across the Group. 
 The Group continues to invest in resource, expertise and systems to support the Operational 
 Risk Framework and Policy. In 2021 the Group has continued to enhance these standards and 
 has introduced a number of improvements to the control frameworks in place across our principal 
 operational risks. 
 Whilst the pandemic increased the inherent operational risk across a number of key areas of 
 our business, the Group continues to adapt successfully to the new working conditions and 
 demonstrated its operational resilience. Overall, the assessment is that the level of risk 
 has remained stable. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 
 
Conduct risk 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 We define Conduct Risk as the risk that the Group's products and services, and the way they 
 are delivered, result in poor outcomes for customers, or harm to the Group. This could be 
 as a direct result of poor or inappropriate execution of the Group's business activities or 
 staff behaviour. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Mitigation 
 The Group takes a principles-based approach and includes retail and commercial customers in 
 our definition of 'customer', which covers all business units and both regulated and unregulated 
 activities. Detailed policies are in place to address the fair treatment of customers, with 
 the Conduct Risk Policy setting out the overarching approach to managing conduct risk. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Change during the year - Stable 
 The Group has continued to operate within overall risk appetite, remaining focused on delivering 
 good customer outcomes. 
 As reported in the 2021 Interim Report, pressure has been seen on some conduct risk metrics. 
 For example some contact centre service levels have been outside tolerance for some periods 
 with resources not matching requirements. The number of affordability complaints received 
 has also been flagged for attention in Vehicle Finance - increased volumes have also been 
 noted by other motor finance lenders according to the Finance & Leasing Association. 
 The Group anticipates that the drivers of conduct risk will continue to be the ongoing resourcing 
 challenges (being experienced across the financial services industry as competition for recruitment 
 increases) and related conduct considerations, and the long-term impact of the pandemic on 
 the Group's customers. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 
 
Regulatory risk 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 Regulatory Risk is the risk that the Group fails to be compliant with all relevant regulatory 
 requirements. This could occur if the Group failed to interpret, implement and embed processes 
 and systems to address regulatory requirements, emerging risks, key focus areas and initiatives 
 or deal properly with new laws and regulations. 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Mitigation 
 The Group seeks to manage regulatory risks through the ERMF. The Group Compliance and Regulatory 
 Risk Committee, Group Financial Crime Committee and Prudential Horizon Scanning forum are 
 responsible for reviewing and monitoring regulatory changes. The committees monitor operational 
 incidents with a regulatory impact, and ensure that appropriate actions are taken. They also 
 review and approve the relevant risk management framework. 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Change during the year - Stable 
 In the year ended 31 December 2021, new and revised regulations and legislation that have 
 come into force have been actioned. These changes included the introduction of Breathing Space 
 through the Debt Respite Scheme, the FCA's guidance on vulnerability, the application of the 
 FCA Directory requirements to other entities in the Group, changes to identification of Material 
 Risk Takers, and the PRA's final rules for the implementation of Basel Standards. 
 The Group took part in a number of FCA reviews and surveys during the year, including car 
 repossessions prior to the FCA COVID-19 guidance being changed, forbearance survey, credit 
 broking survey, coronavirus financial resilience survey and the pilot diversity and inclusion 
 survey. 
 Notifications were submitted to the regulators in the year relating to the sale of the asset 
 finance, and mortgage portfolios; and material outsourcings. 
 Projects and initiatives are in place for changes in 2022 including outsourcing and third-party 
 risk management, regulatory returns, operational resilience, UK GDPR data transfers. 
 The Group's horizon scanning activities track industry and regulatory developments including 
 the PRA's work on a strong and simple prudential framework for non-systemic banks and building 
 societies, the FCA's new Consumer Duty, the Government's national data strategy and the PRA 
 and FCA's transformation agendas related to data. 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
Financial Crime risk 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 The risk that the Group fails to prevent the facilitation of financial crime by not having 
 effective systems and controls and does not meet regulatory requirements. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Mitigation 
 The inherent risk of the Group is assessed with the use of the recognised ERMF methodology. 
 Investment continues to be made in enhancing skills, systems and controls and this is an area 
 which is closely monitored by the ExCo. This remains an important area of focus for the Group 
 and as such has now been reflected as a separate risk. The Group appointed a new Money Laundering 
 Reporting Officer who was approved by the FCA in December 2020. The Group continues to have 
 no appetite for establishing or maintaining customer relationships or executing transactions 
 that facilitate financial crime and has no appetite for sanctions breaches. Horizon scanning 
 is conducted to identify emerging trends and typologies as well as preparing for new legislation 
 and regulation. This also involves participating in key industry forums (or associations) 
 such as those hosted by UK Finance. Financial Crime policies and standards were updated in 
 2021 to ensure alignment with our regulatory obligations. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Change during the year - Stable 
 The Group continues to invest in recruitment for both the first and second Lines of defence 
 and in colleagues' development to improve their capabilities through industry-recognised financial 
 crime qualifications. The Group has built a system of controls designed to comply with the 
 UK Bribery Act 2010 and the Criminal Finances Act 2017. To strengthen our financial crime 
 controls there has been focus in areas such as further improving sanctions screening, assessing 
 risks presented by products and appropriate transaction monitoring and reinforcing horizon 
 scanning, policies and governance to adhere to our risk appetite and stay abreast of increasing 
 regulatory expectations. The Financial Crime Risk team own our control framework with accountability 
 for execution owned by our colleagues within the first line. In order to monitor the effectiveness 
 of our control framework, key performance indicators are defined, reported against and escalated 
 through our Governance Committee structure. To support cultural awareness an internal campaign 
 under the banner of "Spot the signs, stop the crimes" has been initiated. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
Climate Change risk 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Description 
 Climate change, and society's response to it, present financial risks to the UK financial 
 services sector. While these risks will crystallise in full over the coming years, they are 
 already becoming apparent in the shorter term as consumers' preferences change and governments 
 implement their strategic responses. The Group has now established processes to monitor our 
 risk exposure in relation to both the potential 'Physical' effects of climate change and the 
 'Transitional' risks from the UK's adjustment towards a carbon neutral economy. 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Change during the year - Stable 
 Overall, our assessment of the combined risk associated with Climate Change is 'Stable'. The 
 Group has installed robust controls to manage the associated risks and will continue to develop 
 our business plans in the future as the risks evolve and our customer, clients and businesses 
 adapt to the changes required in our markets to meet the UK's target to bring all greenhouse 
 gas emissions to net zero by 2050. Enhanced disclosures are made in this year's Annual Report 
 and Accounts in line with the guidance from the 'Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures'. 
 Specific detail on each of the key risks identified and mitigation are covered within the 
 'Strategy' section of our Climate-related financial disclosures on pages 49 to 55. 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

Strategic and emerging risks

In addition to the principal risks disclosed above, the Board and Executive considers strategic and emerging risks, including key factors, trends and uncertainties which can influence the results of the Group. These are reviewed monthly by the ERC and biannually by the ExCo. Below are some of key risks themes which have been areas of focus over the course of 2021:

Macroeconomic environment and market conditions

The Group operates exclusively within the UK and its performance is influenced by the domestic macroeconomic environment. The economy affects demand for the Group's products, margins that can be earned from our lending assets and the levels of impairment.

Economic uncertainty continued throughout 2021 due to combination of the global ramifications of COVID-19 and the UK markets adjusting to leaving the European Union. The start of 2021 saw continued use of lockdowns to curb the spread of COVID-19, suppressing economic activity.

The second half of 2021 saw a rebound in many sectors, with many asset prices increasing due to pent up demand and, in the case of vehicles, global supply chain difficulties. Inflationary pressures on the economy, raises the likelihood of future increases in interest rates, after a decade of historically low Base Rates.

The Group closely monitors the macroeconomic environment and performs regular stress testing to ensure that the implications of any economic shocks can be sustained and managed.

People

The pandemic has increased the competitiveness of the UK job market with hybrid working allowing recruiters to look nationally for new talent. Inflationary pressures have also increased pressure on wages across the sector.

In 2021 the Group introduced a new Hybrid Working Policy and continues to monitor the wider employment market and respond as required.

Inflation

There have been growing inflationary pressures on the UK economy in 2021 and this is forecast to stretch into 2022, with economists predicting higher Base Rates as markets price in Base Rate increases over the course of 2022. The outlook remains far from clear and is further complicated by COVID-19.

In response to increasing inflation rates in 2021, the Group introduced a GBP4.6 million provision to reflect the expected increase in delayed repayments and defaults if customers struggle to pay all their bills on a timely basis. The Group will continue to monitor customer affordability closely and will tighten lending parameters if required .

Directors' responsibility statement

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors are required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:

-- select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

-- make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

-- prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the company will continue in business.

In preparing the group financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:

-- properly select and apply accounting policies;

-- present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and

understandable information;

-- provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in UK adopted IFRS Standards are insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity's financial position and financial performance; and

-- make an assessment of the company's ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

-- the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;

-- the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and

-- the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company's position, performance, business model and strategy.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 December

 
                                                                                                              Restated 
                                                                                                     2021         2020 
                                                                                        Note   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Income statement 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Interest income and similar income                                                       4.1        180.0        192.5 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Interest expense and similar charges                                                     4.1       (29.2)       (41.6) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Net interest income                                                                      4.1        150.8        150.9 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Fee and commission income                                                                4.2         14.3         16.0 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Fee and commission expense                                                               4.2        (0.6)        (0.8) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Net fee and commission income                                                            4.2         13.7         15.2 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Operating income                                                                                    164.5        166.1 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Net impairment charge on loans and advances to customers                                  17        (4.5)       (51.3) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Gains/(losses) on modification of financial assets                                         5          1.5        (3.1) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Loss on disposal of loan books                                                             6        (1.4)            - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Losses from derivatives and hedge accounting                                               7        (0.1)            - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Operating expenses                                                                         8      (104.0)       (92.6) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Profit before income tax                                                                             56.0         19.1 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Income tax expense                                                                        10       (10.4)        (3.7) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for the year                                                                                  45.6         15.4 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Other comprehensive income 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation reserve                                                                                   0.5        (0.4) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Taxation                                                                                            (0.1)          0.2 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                                                      0.4        (0.2) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Items that will be reclassified to the income statement 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flow hedge reserve                                                                             (0.4)            - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Taxation                                                                                              0.1            - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                                                    (0.3)            - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax                                            0.1        (0.2) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Total comprehensive income for the year                                                              45.7         15.2 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
 
Profit attributable to: 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Equity holders of the Company                                                                        45.6         15.4 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Total comprehensive income attributable to: 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Equity holders of the Company                                                                        45.7         15.2 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
 
Earnings per share for profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company during 
the 
year (pence per share) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Basic earnings per ordinary share                                                       11.1        244.7         82.7 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share                                                     11.2        239.4         81.0 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  ----------- 
 

All comprehensive income relates to continuing operations.

 
The primary statements have been restated to reflect the IFRS Interpretations Committee's 
 clarification on the accounting treatment of Software-as-a-Service arrangement. See Note 1.3 
 for further details. 
 

Consolidated statement of financial position

As at 31 December

 
                                                                                  Restated     Restated 
                                                                         2021         2020         2019 
                                                            Note   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
ASSETS 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and balances at central banks                                      235.7        181.5        105.8 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to banks                                   13         50.3         63.3         48.4 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Debt securities                                               14         25.0            -         25.0 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to customers                               15      2,530.6      2,358.9      2,450.1 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk               18        (3.5)          5.7        (0.9) 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments                              18          3.8          4.8          0.9 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Assets held for sale                                          19          1.3            -            - 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Investment property                                           20          4.7          4.3          4.8 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Property, plant and equipment                                 21          9.3          9.9         11.3 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Right-of-use assets                                           22          2.2          2.9          3.6 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Intangible assets                                             23          6.9          7.7          9.0 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Current tax assets                                                        0.8            -            - 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Deferred tax assets                                           25          6.9          6.6          8.0 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other assets                                                  26         11.9         15.6         14.7 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total assets                                                          2,885.9      2,661.2      2,680.7 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Liabilities 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Due to banks                                                  27        390.8        276.4        308.5 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits from customers                                       28      2,103.2      1,992.5      2,020.3 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk               18        (5.3)          4.7        (0.7) 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments                              18          6.2          6.1          0.6 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale     19          2.0            -            - 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Current tax liabilities                                                     -          1.0          3.3 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities                                             29          3.1          3.9          4.5 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other liabilities                                             30         31.3         56.3         40.9 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Provisions for liabilities and charges                        31          1.3          1.9          0.7 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Subordinated liabilities                                      32         50.9         50.8         50.6 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total liabilities                                                     2,583.5      2,393.6      2,428.7 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Share capital                                                 34          7.5          7.5          7.4 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Share premium                                                            82.2         82.2         81.2 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flow hedge reserve                                                 (0.3)            -            - 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation reserve                                                       1.3          0.9          1.1 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Retained earnings                                                       211.7        177.0        162.3 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total equity                                                            302.4        267.6        252.0 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total liabilities and equity                                          2,885.9      2,661.2      2,680.7 
----------------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Company statement of financial position

As at 31 December

 
                                                                        Restated     Restated 
                                                               2021         2020         2019 
                                                  Note   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
ASSETS 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and balances at central banks                            235.7        181.5        105.8 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to banks                         13         47.4         61.7         45.2 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Debt securities                                     14         25.0            -         25.0 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to customers                     15      2,450.3      2,269.8      2,353.6 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk     18        (3.5)          5.7        (0.9) 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments                    18          3.8          4.8          0.9 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Investment property                                 20          5.7          5.3          4.8 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Property, plant and equipment                       21          3.7          4.5          6.5 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Right-of-use assets                                 22          1.5          2.0          2.5 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Intangible assets                                   23          5.4          6.2          7.4 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Investments in group undertakings                   24          4.3          4.1          4.1 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Current tax assets                                              1.5            -            - 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Deferred tax assets                                 25          6.8          7.1          8.6 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other assets                                        26         99.8        104.4        101.2 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total assets                                                2,887.4      2,657.1      2,664.7 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Liabilities 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Due to banks                                        27        390.8        276.4        308.5 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits from customers                             28      2,103.2      1,992.5      2,020.3 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk     18        (5.3)          4.7        (0.7) 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments                    18          6.2          6.1          0.6 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Current tax liabilities                                           -          0.4          2.2 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities                                   29          2.3          2.9          3.3 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other liabilities                                   30         43.8         61.8         42.0 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Provisions for liabilities and charges              31          1.3          1.9          0.7 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Subordinated liabilities                            32         50.9         50.8         50.6 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total liabilities                                           2,593.2      2,397.5      2,427.5 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Share capital                                       34          7.5          7.5          7.4 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Share premium                                                  82.2         82.2         81.2 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flow hedge reserve                                       (0.3)            -            - 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation reserve                                             0.7          0.7          0.7 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Retained earnings                                             204.1        169.2        147.9 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total equity                                                  294.2        259.6        237.2 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total liabilities and equity                                2,887.4      2,657.1      2,664.7 
------------------------------------------------  ----  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the parent company income statement. The profit for the parent company for the year of GBP45.8 million is presented in the Company statement of changes in equity.

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 
                                    Share        Share                           Revaluation     Retained 
                                  capital      premium  Cash flow hedge reserve      reserve     earnings        Total 
                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion               GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 1 January 2020 
 (as previously stated)               7.4         81.2                        -          1.1        164.4        254.1 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Software-as-a-Service 
 adjustment net of tax 
 (see Note 1.3)                         -            -                        -            -        (2.1)        (2.1) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 1 January 2020 
 (as restated)                        7.4         81.2                        -          1.1        162.3        252.0 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total comprehensive income 
for the period 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for 2020                         -            -                        -            -         15.4         15.4 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Other comprehensive income, 
net of income tax 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation reserve                     -            -                        -        (0.4)            -        (0.4) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Tax on revaluation reserve              -            -                        -          0.2            -          0.2 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total other comprehensive 
 income                                 -            -                        -        (0.2)            -        (0.2) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total comprehensive income 
 for the period                         -            -                        -        (0.2)         15.4         15.2 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Transactions with owners, 
recorded 
directly in equity 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 Contributions by and 
 distributions to owners 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 Issue of ordinary shares             0.1          1.0                        -            -            -          1.1 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 Share-based payments                   -            -                        -            -        (0.3)        (0.3) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 Tax on share-based payments            -            -                        -            -        (0.4)        (0.4) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total contributions by and 
 distributions to owners              0.1          1.0                        -            -        (0.7)          0.4 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 31 December 2020           7.5         82.2                        -          0.9        177.0        267.6 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Total comprehensive income 
for the period 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for 2021                         -            -                        -            -         45.6         45.6 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other comprehensive income, 
net of income tax 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flow hedge reserve                 -            -                    (0.4)            -            -        (0.4) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Tax on cash flow hedge 
 reserve                                -            -                      0.1            -            -          0.1 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation reserve                     -            -                        -          0.5            -          0.5 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Tax on revaluation reserve              -            -                        -        (0.1)            -        (0.1) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total other comprehensive 
 income                                 -            -                    (0.3)          0.4            -          0.1 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total comprehensive income 
 for the period                         -            -                    (0.3)          0.4         45.6         45.7 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity 
------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 Contributions by and 
 distributions to owners 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 Dividends                              -            -                        -            -       (11.9)       (11.9) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 Share-based payments                   -            -                        -            -          1.0          1.0 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total contributions by and 
 distributions to owners                -            -                        -            -       (10.9)       (10.9) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 31 December 2021           7.5         82.2                    (0.3)          1.3        211.7        302.4 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Company statement of changes in equity

 
                                    Share        Share                           Revaluation     Retained 
                                  capital      premium  Cash flow hedge reserve      reserve     earnings        Total 
                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion               GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 1 January 2020 
 (as previously stated)               7.4         81.2                        -          0.7        150.0        239.3 
Software-as-a-Service 
 adjustment net of tax 
 (see Note 1.3)                         -            -                        -            -        (2.1)        (2.1) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 1 January 2020 
 (as restated)                        7.4         81.2                        -          0.7        147.9        237.2 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total comprehensive income 
for the period 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for 2020                         -            -                        -            -         22.0         22.0 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Contributions by and 
distributions to owners 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Issue of ordinary shares              0.1          1.0                        -            -            -          1.1 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Share-based payments                    -            -                        -            -        (0.3)        (0.3) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Tax on share-based payments             -            -                        -            -        (0.4)        (0.4) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total contributions by and 
 distributions to owners              0.1          1.0                        -            -        (0.7)          0.4 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 31 December 2020           7.5         82.2                        -          0.7        169.2        259.6 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Total comprehensive income 
for the period 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for 2021                         -            -                        -            -         45.8         45.8 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Other comprehensive income, 
net of income tax 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flow hedge reserve                 -            -                    (0.4)            -            -        (0.4) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Tax on cash flow hedge 
 reserve                                -            -                      0.1            -            -          0.1 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total other comprehensive 
 income                                 -            -                    (0.3)            -            -        (0.3) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total comprehensive income 
 for the period                         -            -                    (0.3)            -         45.8         45.5 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Contributions by and 
distributions to owners 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Dividends                               -            -                        -            -       (11.9)       (11.9) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Share-based payments                    -            -                        -            -          1.0          1.0 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total contributions by and 
 distributions to owners                -            -                        -            -       (10.9)       (10.9) 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 31 December 2021           7.5         82.2                    (0.3)          0.7        204.1        294.2 
----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December

 
                                                                                                              Restated 
                                                                                                     2021         2020 
                                                                                        Note   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from operating activities 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for the year                                                                                  45.6         15.4 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Adjustments for: 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Income tax expense                                                                        10         10.4          3.7 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment                                             21          1.3          1.4 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets                                                       22          0.7          0.7 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Loss on disposal of intangible assets                                                                   -          0.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Amortisation of intangible assets                                                         23          1.5          2.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Impairment charge on loans and advances to customers                                                  4.5         51.3 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
(Gains)/losses on modification of financial assets                                         5        (1.5)          3.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Share-based compensation                                                                  35          1.0        (0.3) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation (gain)/impairment                                                       20,21,22        (0.4)          1.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Loss on disposal of loan books                                                             6          1.4            - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax                                                    0.4          1.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from operating profits before changes in operating assets and 
 liabilities                                                                                         64.9         80.4 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- loans and advances to customers                                                                 (238.4)         37.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- loans and advances to banks and balances at central banks                                           4.7        (3.5) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- other assets                                                                                        6.0        (0.9) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- deposits from customers                                                                           110.7       (27.8) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- provisions for liabilities and charges                                                            (0.7)        (0.7) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- other liabilities                                                                                (24.4)         15.4 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Income tax paid                                                                                    (12.6)        (4.8) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities                                                (89.8)         95.6 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from investing activities 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Consideration on sale of loan books                                                        6         60.4            - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Redemption of debt securities                                                                        90.0        130.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Purchase of debt securities                                                                        (90.0)      (105.0) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                                 21        (0.2)        (0.8) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Purchase of intangible assets                                                             23        (1.1)        (1.1) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net cash inflow from investing activities                                                            59.1         23.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from financing activities 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Drawdown/(repayment) of amounts due to banks                                                        114.4       (31.7) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Issue of ordinary shares                                                                                -          1.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Dividends paid                                                                            12       (11.9)            - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Repayment of lease liabilities                                                            29        (0.9)        (1.0) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities                                                 101.6       (31.6) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                                            70.9         87.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January                                                              232.1        145.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December                                                  36        303.0        232.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Company statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December

 
                                                                                                              Restated 
                                                                                                     2021         2020 
                                                                                        Note   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from operating activities 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for the year                                                                                  45.8         22.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Adjustments for: 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Income tax expense                                                                        10          9.5          2.8 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment                                             21          0.8          1.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets                                                       22          0.5          0.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Loss on disposal of intangible assets                                                                   -          0.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Amortisation of intangible assets                                                         23          1.2          1.6 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Impairment charge on loans and advances to customers                                                  2.7         41.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
(Gains)/losses on modification of financial assets                                         5        (1.5)          3.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Share-based compensation                                                                  35          0.8        (0.3) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation (gain)/impairment                                                       20,21.22        (0.4)          1.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Investment income                                                                                   (4.8)            - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Loss on disposal of loan books                                                             6          1.4            - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax                                                    0.5          1.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from operating profits before changes in operating assets and 
 liabilities                                                                                         56.5         74.7 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- loans and advances to customers                                                                 (244.1)         40.4 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- loans and advances to banks and balances at central banks                                           4.7        (3.5) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- other assets                                                                                       11.7        (3.2) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- deposits from customers                                                                           110.7       (27.8) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- provisions for liabilities and charges                                                            (0.8)        (0.7) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
- other liabilities                                                                                (19.4)         19.8 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Income tax paid                                                                                    (11.1)        (3.5) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities                                                (91.8)         96.2 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from investing activities 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Consideration on sale of loan books                                                        6         60.4            - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Redemption of debt securities                                                                        90.0        130.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Purchase of debt securities                                                                        (90.0)      (105.0) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                                 21            -        (0.3) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Purchase of intangible assets                                                             23        (0.8)        (0.9) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net cash inflow from investing activities                                                            59.6         23.8 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flows from financing activities 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Drawdown/(repayment) of amounts due to banks                                                        114.4       (31.7) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Issue of ordinary shares                                                                                -          1.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Dividends paid                                                                            12       (11.9)            - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Repayment of lease liabilities                                                            29        (0.7)        (0.7) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities                                                 101.8       (31.3) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                                            69.6         88.7 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January                                                              230.5        141.8 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December                                                  36        300.1        230.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Notes to the preliminary results

1. Accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below, and if applicable, directly under the relevant note. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

1.1. Reporting entity

Secure Trust Bank PLC is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales in the United Kingdom (referred to as

'the Company') and is limited by shares. The Company is registered in England and Wales and has the registered number 00541132. The registered address of the Company is One Arleston Way, Shirley, Solihull, West Midlands B90 4LH. The consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the year ended 31 December 2021 comprise Secure Trust Bank PLC and its subsidiaries (together referred to as 'the Group' and individually as 'subsidiaries'). The Group is primarily involved in banking and financial services.

1.2. Basis of presentation

The figures shown for the year ended 31 December 2021 are not statutory accounts within the meaning of section 435 of the Companies Act 2006. The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2021 on which the auditors have given an unqualified audit report and did not contain an adverse statement under section 498(2) or 498(3) of the Companies Act 2006 will be delivered to the Registrar of Companies after the Annual General Meeting. The figures shown for the year ended 31 December 2020 are not statutory accounts. A copy of the statutory accounts has been delivered to the Registrar of Companies, contained an unqualified audit report and did not contain an adverse statement under section 498(2) or 498(3) of the Companies Act 2006. This announcement has been agreed with the Company's auditors for release.

IFRS interest rate benchmark reform

During 2020, amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 were published, which require transition away from the London InterBank Offered Rate ('LIBOR') to the Sterling OverNight Index Average ('SONIA'), phase 2 of which are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021. The Group has no material financial assets or liabilities which have LIBOR as a contractual term, and therefore these amendments had no impact on the Group.

There are no IFRS that are issued but not yet effective that will have a material impact on the Group.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 17.

The Directors have assessed, in the light of current and anticipated economic conditions, the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. The Directors confirm they are satisfied that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the 'going concern' basis for preparing accounts, as set out in the going concern and viability section of the Strategic Report starting on page 36.

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 23 March 2022.

1.3. Software-as-a-Service agreements prior year adjustment

The Group's previous accounting policy was to treat all configuration and customisation work carried out by the Software-as-a-Service ('SaaS') provider, third parties and contractors as part of a SaaS contract as a prepayment, which was amortised over the underlying hosting contract.

However, during the year, the IFRS Interpretations Committee published an agenda decision clarifying how arrangements in respect of SaaS cloud technology arrangements should be accounted for. Only configuration and customisation work carried out by the SaaS provider or a subcontractor (agent) of the SaaS provider, which is distinct from SaaS access, should be treated as a prepayment, with the prepayment being amortised over the underlying hosting contract. Configuration and customisation work carried out by third parties or employees or in-house contractors that do not meet the definition of an intangible asset should be expensed as incurred.

Therefore the Group was required to change its accounting policy, to remove costs incurred by third parties and contractors from the SaaS prepayment and expense these amounts, and to adjust the amortisation charge accordingly.

Due to the change in accounting policy, the Group is required to restate its comparatives in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The prior year adjustment reduces opening retained earnings at 1 January 2020 by GBP2.1 million (being a GBP2.6 million restatement of prepayments less deferred tax of GBP0.5 million) and reduces profit after tax for the year ended 31 December 2020 by GBP0.8 million (being an increase in operating expenses of GBP1.0 million less GBP0.2 million deferred tax). Accordingly, the prior year adjustment to opening retained earnings at 1 January 2021 is GBP2.9 million.

A summary of the impact on the primary statements is as follows:

 
                                        As originally stated  Prior year adjustment     Restated 
                                                        2019                   2019         2019 
Statement of financial position                   GBPmillion             GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Cloud software development prepayment                    6.4                  (2.6)          3.8 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Deferred tax assets                                      7.5                    0.5          8.0 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Other assets                                         2,668.9                      -      2,668.9 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total assets                                         2,682.8                  (2.1)      2,680.7 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total liabilities                                    2,428.7                      -      2,428.7 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total equity                                           254.1                  (2.1)        252.0 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total liabilities and equity                         2,682.8                  (2.1)      2,680.7 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                           As originally stated  Prior year adjustment     Restated 
                                                                           2020                   2020         2020 
Income statement                                                     GBPmillion             GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Operating income                                                          166.1                      -        166.1 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Net impairment charge on loans and advances to customers                 (51.3)                      -       (51.3) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Losses on modification of financial assets                                (3.1)                      -        (3.1) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Operating expenses                                                       (91.6)                  (1.0)       (92.6) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Profit before income tax                                                   20.1                  (1.0)         19.1 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Income tax expense                                                        (3.9)                    0.2        (3.7) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Profit for the year                                                        16.2                  (0.8)         15.4 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Basic earnings per share                                                   87.0                    4.3         82.7 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
 
 
                                        As originally stated  Prior year adjustment     Restated 
                                                        2020                   2020         2020 
Statement of financial position                   GBPmillion             GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Cloud software development prepayment                    8.2                  (3.6)          4.6 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Deferred tax assets                                      5.9                    0.7          6.6 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Other assets                                         2,650.0                      -      2,650.0 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total assets                                         2,664.1                  (2.9)      2,661.2 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total liabilities                                    2,393.6                      -      2,393.6 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total equity                                           270.5                  (2.9)        267.6 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
Total liabilities and equity                         2,664.1                  (2.9)      2,661.2 
--------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------  ----------- 
 

The impact of the change on the income statement for the year ended December 2021 is an increase in profit before tax of approximately GBP0.2 million.

The impact of the prior year adjustment on the cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2020 is to reduce profit for the year by GBP0.8 million, reduce income tax expense by GBP0.2 million and increase the movement in other assets included in changes in operating assets and liabilities by GBP1.0 million. There is no change to the net increase/decrease in cash and equivalents.

The impact of the prior year adjustment on the primary statements of the Company is the same as above.

1.4. Consolidation

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all investees controlled by the Group. The Group controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition, excluding directly attributable costs, over the fair value of the Group's share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement.

The parent company's investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost less, where appropriate, provision for impairment. The fair value of the underlying business of the Company's only material investment was significantly higher than carrying value, and therefore no impairment was required.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Discontinued operations

Subsidiaries are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. Discontinued operations are a component of an entity that has been disposed of, and represents a major line of business and is part of a single co-ordinated disposal plan.

1.5. Financial assets and financial liabilities accounting policy

Derecognition

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership or in the event of a substantial modification. There have not been any instances where assets have only been partially derecognised. The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire.

Amortised cost measurement

The amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured at initial recognition, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the EIR method of any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, minus any reduction for impairment.

Fair value measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of assets and liabilities traded in active markets are based on current bid and offer prices respectively. If the market for a financial instrument is not active the Group establishes a fair value by using an appropriate valuation technique. These include the use of recent arm's length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same for which market observable prices exist, net present value and discounted cash flow analysis.

Financial assets (with the exception of derivative financial instruments) accounting policy

The Group classifies its financial assets at inception into three measurement categories; 'amortised cost', 'fair value through other comprehensive income' ('FVOCI') and 'fair value through profit and loss' ('FVTPL'). A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if both the following conditions are met and it has not been designated as at FVTPL:

-- the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold the asset to collect its contractual cash flows; and

-- the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows on specified dates that represent payments of solely principal and interest on the outstanding principal amount.

The Group's current business model for all financial assets, with the exception of derivative financial instruments, is to hold to collect contractual cash flows and all assets held give rise to cash flows on specified dates that represent solely payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal amount. All the Group's financial assets are therefore currently classified as amortised cost, except for derivative financial instruments. Loans are recognised when funds are advanced to customers and are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

A debt instrument would be measured at FVOCI only if both the below conditions are met and it has not been designated as FVTPL:

-- the asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting its contractual cash flows and selling the financial asset; and

-- the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows on specified dates that represent payments of solely principal and interest on the outstanding principal amount.

The Group currently has no financial instruments classified as FVOCI.

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in fair value in other comprehensive income. This election would be made on an investment by investment basis. The Group currently holds no such investments.

All other assets are classified as FVTPL.

Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition, except in the period after the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets. The Group has not reclassified any financial assets during the reporting period.

Financial liabilities (with the exception of derivative financial instruments)

The Group classifies its financial liabilities as measured at amortised cost. Such financial liabilities are recognised when cash is received from depositors and carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

1.6. Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated into the Company's functional currency at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on the retranslation of monetary items, are included in the income statement for the period.

2. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

2.1. Judgements

No critical judgements have been identified.

2.2. Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Estimations which could have a material impact on the Group's financial results and are therefore considered to be key sources of estimation uncertainty all relate to allowances for impairment of loans and advances and are therefore set out in Note 17.

3. Operating segments

The Group is organised into seven operating segments, which consist of the different products available, disclosed below:

Business Finance

1) Real Estate Finance: lending on portfolios of residential property as well as the development of new build property..

2) Asset Finance: lending to small and medium sized enterprises to acquire commercial assets, which was sold during 2021.

3) Commercial Finance: lending is predominantly against receivables, typically releasing 90% of qualifying invoices under invoice discounting and factoring services. Unsecured lending to existing customers through the Government guaranteed Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan Scheme, Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme and Recovery Loan Scheme is also provided.

Consumer Finance

4) Vehicle Finance: hire purchase lending for used cars primarily to prime and near-prime customers and Personal Contract Purchase lending into the consumer prime credit market, both secured against the vehicle financed. In addition a Stocking Funding product is also offered to allow dealers to finance vehicles on their forecourt as part exchanges, from auction partners or from other trade sources.

5) Retail Finance: a market leading online service to retailers, providing unsecured prime lending products to the UK customers of its retail partners to facilitate the purchase of a wide range of consumer products.

6) Debt Management: a credit management services business which primarily invests in purchased debt portfolios from third parties, as well as fellow group undertakings. In addition, it collects debt on behalf of a range of clients.

7) Consumer mortgages for the self-employed, contract workers, those with complex income and those with a recently restored credit history, sold via select mortgage intermediaries, which was sold during 2021.

Other

The 'Other' segment includes other products, which are individually below the quantitative threshold for separate disclosure and fulfil the requirement of IFRS 8.28 by reconciling operating segments to the amounts in the financial statements.

Other includes principally OneBill (the Group's consumer bill management service), which was closed during 2021 and RentSmart (principally the funding and operation of finance leases through a disclosed agency agreement with RentSmart Limited). Assets and liabilities in respect of the RentSmart business are included in Assets and liabilities held for sale (see Note 19 for further details).

The Asset Finance, Debt Management and Consumer Mortgages segments all fall below the quantitative threshold for separate disclosure, but the Directors consider that they represent sufficiently distinct types of business to merit separate disclosure.

Management review these segments by looking at the income, size and growth rate of the loan books, impairments and customer numbers. Except for these items no costs or balance sheet items are allocated to the segments.

 
                                                                                    Net impairment 
                                                                                   charge/(credit) 
                                                                                      on loans and 
                        Interest income  Fee and commission        Revenue from        advances to  Loans and advances 
                     and similar income              income  external customers          customers        to customers 
                             GBPmillion          GBPmillion          GBPmillion         GBPmillion          GBPmillion 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
31 December 2021 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Real Estate Finance                54.5                 0.3                54.8                0.1             1,109.6 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Asset Finance                       0.3                   -                 0.3                0.1                   - 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Commercial Finance                  8.8                 8.6                17.4              (0.2)               313.3 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Business Finance                   63.6                 8.9                72.5                  -             1,422.9 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Retail Finance                     65.0                 2.7                67.7                5.0               764.8 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Vehicle Finance                    38.0                 1.3                39.3                0.1               263.3 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Debt Management                    14.3                 0.3                14.6              (0.6)                79.6 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Consumer Mortgages                  1.3                   -                 1.3                  -                   - 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Consumer Finance                  118.6                 4.3               122.9                4.5             1,107.7 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Other                             (2.2)                 1.1               (1.1)                  -                   - 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
                                  180.0                14.3               194.3                4.5             2,530.6 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
 
 
                                                                                    Net impairment 
                                                                                   charge/(credit) 
                                                                                      on loans and 
                        Interest income  Fee and commission        Revenue from        advances to  Loans and advances 
                     and similar income              income  external customers          customers        to customers 
                             GBPmillion          GBPmillion          GBPmillion         GBPmillion          GBPmillion 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
31 December 2020 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Real Estate Finance                54.0                   -                54.0                5.2             1,051.9 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Asset Finance                       1.5                   -                 1.5                0.9                10.4 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Commercial Finance                  7.3                 7.9                15.2                1.1               230.7 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Business Finance                   62.8                 7.9                70.7                7.2             1,293.0 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Retail Finance                     68.5                 2.2                70.7               14.5               658.4 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Vehicle Finance                    44.6                 0.9                45.5               20.7               243.9 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Debt Management                    14.2                 0.6                14.8                8.9                81.8 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Consumer Mortgages                  3.3                 0.1                 3.4              (0.1)                77.7 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Consumer Finance                  130.6                 3.8               134.4               44.0             1,061.8 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
Other                             (0.9)                 4.3                 3.4                0.1                 4.1 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
                                  192.5                16.0               208.5               51.3             2,358.9 
-------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------  ------------------ 
 

Interest expense and similar charges, fee and commission expense and operating expenses are not aligned to operating segments for day-to-day management of the business, so they cannot be allocated on a reliable basis. Accordingly, profit by operating segment has not been disclosed.

All of the Group's operations are conducted wholly within the United Kingdom and geographical information is therefore not presented.

4. Operating income

All items below arise from financial instruments measured at amortised cost unless otherwise stated.

4.1 Net interest income

 
                                                             2021         2020 
                                                       GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to customers                             182.0        193.8 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and balances at central banks                            0.2          0.4 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Debt securities                                                 -          0.1 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                            182.2        194.3 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Expense on financial instruments hedging assets             (2.2)        (1.8) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest income and similar income                          180.0        192.5 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Deposits from customers                                    (27.3)       (39.4) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Due to banks                                                (0.3)        (0.7) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Subordinated liabilities                                    (3.4)        (3.4) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                           (31.0)       (43.5) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Income on financial instruments hedging liabilities           1.8          1.9 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest expense and similar charges                       (29.2)       (41.6) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Net interest income                                         150.8        150.9 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
Interest income and expense accounting policy 
 For all financial instruments measured at amortised cost, the effective interest rate method 
 is used to measure the carrying value and allocate interest income or expense. The effective 
 interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts 
 through the expected life of the financial instrument to: 
  *    the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or 
 
 
  *    the amortised cost of the financial liability. 
 
 
 In calculating the effective interest rate for financial instruments, other than assets that 
 were credit-impaired on initial recognition, the Group estimates cash flows considering all 
 contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, early redemption penalty charges 
 and broker commissions) and anticipated customer behaviour, but does not consider future credit 
 losses. For financial assets that were impaired on initial recognition (also referred to as 
 purchased or originated credit-impaired assets - 'POCI'), a credit adjusted effective interest 
 rate is calculated using estimated future cash flows, including expected credit losses. 
 The calculation of the effective interest rate includes all fees received and paid that are 
 an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums 
 or discounts. Transaction costs include incremental costs that are directly attributable to 
 the acquisition or issue of a financial instrument. 
 For financial assets that are not considered to be credit-impaired ('stage 1' and 'stage 2' 
 assets), interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the gross 
 carrying amount of the financial asset. For financial assets that become credit-impaired subsequent 
 to initial recognition ('stage 3' assets), from the next reporting period onwards interest 
 income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the 
 financial asset. The credit risk of financial assets that become credit-impaired are not expected 
 to improve such that they are no longer considered credit-impaired, however, if this were 
 to occur the calculation of interest income would revert back to the gross basis. The Group's 
 definition of stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 assets is set out in Note 17. 
 For financial assets that were credit-impaired on initial recognition ('POCI' assets), income 
 is calculated by applying the credit adjusted effective interest rate to the amortised cost 
 of the asset. Collection activity costs are not included in the amortised cost of the assets, 
 but are included in operating expenses in the income statement, and are recognised as incurred, 
 in common with other businesses in the sector. For such financial assets the calculation of 
 interest income will never revert to a gross basis, even if the credit risk of the asset improves. 
 Further details regarding when an asset becomes credit-impaired subsequent to initial recognition 
 is provided within Note 17. 
 

4.2 Net fee and commission income

 
                                       2021         2020 
                                 GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fee and disbursement income            12.5         14.1 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Commission income                       1.2          1.3 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Other income                            0.6          0.6 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fee and commission income              14.3         16.0 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Other expenses                        (0.6)        (0.8) 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fee and commission expense            (0.6)        (0.8) 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Net fee and commission income          13.7         15.2 
------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Fees and commission income is all recognised under IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts to customers and consists principally of the following:

-- Commercial Finance - discounting, service and arrangement fees.

-- Retail Finance - principally comprises of account management fees received from customers and referral fees received from third parties.

-- Vehicle Finance - primarily relates to vehicle collection charges made to customers and loan administration fees charged to dealers in respect of the Stocking Funding product.

-- OneBill - weekly and monthly fees. The OneBill product is now closed.

Fee and commission expenses consist primarily of vehicle recovery fees payable recognised as incurred in respect of Vehicle Finance.

 
Net fee and commission income accounting policy 
 Fees and commission income that is not considered an integral part of the effective interest 
 rate of a financial instrument are recognised under IFRS 15 when the Group satisfies performance 
 obligations by transferring promised services to customers and presented in the income statement 
 as fee and commission income. 
 Fees and commission income and expenses that are an integral part of the effective interest 
 rate of a financial instrument are included in the effective interest rate and presented in 
 the income statement as interest income or expense. 
 No significant judgements are made in evaluating when a customer obtains control of promised 
 goods or services. 
 

5. Gains/(losses) on modification of financial assets

Although not included as an option within customer contracts, following regulatory guidance the Group offered payment holidays to its Consumer Finance and Asset Finance customers during 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which were not considered to be substantial. This is considered under IFRS 9 as a modification to contractual cash flows, which requires the carrying value of these loans to be adjusted to the net present value of future cash flows.

A small number of payment holidays were granted during 2021, resulting in no further loan modification losses being recognised.

The movement during the year in the net present value of the loans remaining to be unwound as a result of the modification was as follows:

 
                                                              2021                      2020         2020 
                                                 2021       Retail         2021      Vehicle       Retail         2020 
                                      Vehicle Finance      Finance        Total      finance      Finance        Total 
                                           GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Reduction in net present value 
-----------------------------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
At 1 January                                      2.5          0.6          3.1            -            -            - 
-----------------------------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
(Credit)/charge to the income 
 statement                                      (1.1)        (0.4)        (1.5)          2.5          0.6          3.1 
-----------------------------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance remaining to be unwound at 
 31 December                                      1.4          0.2          1.6          2.5          0.6          3.1 
-----------------------------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Of the loan modification loss remaining, GBP0.9 million (2020: GBP1.1 million) relates to financial assets with a loss allowance based on lifetime ECL.

 
                                                                                                 2021         2020 
Financial assets (with loss allowance based on lifetime ECL) modified during the period    GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Gross loans and advances before modification                                                        -        527.2 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Less: allowances for impairments on loans and advances                                              -       (55.6) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                                                    -        471.6 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loan modification loss                                                                              -        (0.9) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Net amortised cost after modification                                                               -        470.7 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
Modification of loans accounting policy 
 A customer's account may be modified to assist customers who are in or have recently overcome 
 financial difficulties and have demonstrated both the ability and willingness to meet the 
 current or modified loan contractual payments. Substantial loan modifications result in the 
 derecognition of the existing loan, and the recognition of a new loan at the new origination 
 effective interest rate based on the expected future cash flows at origination. Determination 
 of the origination probability of default ('PD') for the new loan is required, based on the 
 PD as at the date of the modification, which is used for the calculation of the impairment 
 provision against the new loan. Any deferred fees or deferred interest, and any difference 
 between the fair value of the derecognised loan and the new loan, is written off to the income 
 statement on recognition of the new loan. 
 Where the modification is not considered to be substantial, neither the origination effective 
 interest rate nor the origination probability of default for the modified loan changes. The 
 net present value of changes to the future contractual cash flows adjusts the carrying amount 
 of the original asset with the difference immediately being recognised in profit or loss. 
 The adjusted carrying amount is then amortised over the remaining term of the modified loan 
 using the original effective interest rate. 
 

6. Loss on disposal of loan books

Both the Consumer Mortgages and Asset Finance loan books were sold in July 2021. The breakdown of the loss on disposal recognised in the income statement for the year is set out below.

 
                                            Consumer        Asset 
                                           Mortgages      Finance        Total 
                                          GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------   -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Consideration received                          54.4          5.8         60.4 
---------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Carrying value of loan books disposed         (54.5)        (5.8)       (62.4) 
---------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Income less disposal costs                     (1.2)        (0.1)          0.6 
---------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loss on disposal of loan books                 (1.3)        (0.1)        (1.4) 
---------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

7. Losses on derivatives and hedge accounting

As a part of its risk management strategy, the Group uses derivatives to economically hedge financial assets and liabilities. For further information on the Group's risk management strategy for market risk refer to the Principal risks and uncertainties section of the Group's Strategic Report starting on page 26.

Hedge accounting is employed by the Group to minimise the accounting volatility associated with the change in fair value of derivative financial instruments. This volatility does not reflect the economic reality of the Group's hedging strategy, the Group only uses derivatives for the hedging of risks.

Hedge ineffectiveness recognised in losses from derivatives and hedge accounting in the income statement is set out below:

 
                                                             2021         2020 
                                                       GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value hedges 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value movement in period - Interest rate swaps           0.9          1.2 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value movement in period - Hedged item                 (0.8)        (1.2) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                              0.1            - 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The gain recognised in other comprehensive income in the period is as follows:

 
                                                                     2021         2020 
                                                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash flow hedges 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value movement in period - Interest rate swaps                   0.4            - 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest reclassified to the income statement in the period             -            - 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                      0.4            - 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Although the Group uses derivatives exclusively to hedge interest rate risk exposures, income statement volatility can still arise due to hedge accounting ineffectiveness or because hedge accounting is not achievable. Where such volatility arises it will trend back to zero over time. All derivatives held by the Group have been highly effective in the period resulting in minimal hedge accounting ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement. Future ineffectiveness may arise as a result of:

-- differences between the expected and actual volume of prepayments, as the Group hedges to the expected repayment date taking into account expected prepayments based on past experience;

-- hedging derivatives with a non-zero fair value at the date of initial designation; or

-- differences in the timing of cash flows for the hedged item and the hedging instrument.

How fair value and cash flow hedge accounting affect the financial statements and the main sources of the residual hedge ineffectiveness remaining in the income statement are set out below. Further information on the current derivative portfolio and the allocation to hedge accounting types is included in Note 18.

 
Derivative financial instruments accounting policy 
 The Group enters into derivatives to manage exposures to fluctuations in interest rates. Derivatives 
 are not used for speculative purposes. Derivatives are carried at fair value with movements 
 in fair value recognised in the income statement. Derivatives are valued by discounted cash 
 flow models using yield curves based on overnight indexed swap ('OIS') rates. All derivatives 
 are carried as assets where fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative. 
 Derivatives are not offset in the financial statements unless the Group has both a legally 
 enforceable right and intention to offset. 
 The Group does not hold contracts containing embedded derivatives. 
 Where cash collateral is received, to mitigate the risk inherent in the amounts due to the 
 Group, it is included as a liability within the due to banks line within the statement of 
 financial position. Where cash collateral is given, to mitigate the risk inherent in amounts 
 due from the Group, it is included as an asset in the loans and advances to banks line within 
 the statement of financial position. 
 Hedge accounting 
 Following transition to IFRS 9, the Group has elected to apply IAS 39 for all of its hedge 
 accounting requirements. When transactions meet specified criteria the Group can apply two 
 types of hedge accounting: 
  *    Hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or 
       liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedges). 
 
 
  *    Hedges of highly probable future cash flows 
       attributable to a recognised asset or liability (cash 
       flow hedges). 
 
 
 The Group does not have hedges of net investments. 
 At inception of a hedge, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedged 
 items and hedging instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking 
 various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception 
 and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions 
 are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values of the hedged items (i.e. the fair 
 value offset between the hedged item and hedging instrument is within the 80% -125% range). 
 When the European Union adopted IAS 39 in 2004, it removed certain hedge accounting requirements, 
 commonly referred to as the EU carve-out. The relaxed requirements under the carve-out allow 
 the Group to apply the 'bottom up' method when calculating macro-hedge ineffectiveness. This 
 option is not allowed under full IFRS. The Group has applied the EU carve-out accordingly. 
Fair value hedge accounting 
 Fair value hedge accounting results in the carrying value of the hedged item being adjusted 
 to reflect changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk, thereby offsetting the effect 
 of the related movement in the fair value of the derivative. Changes in the fair value of 
 derivatives and hedged items that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded 
 in the income statement. 
 In a one-to-one hedging relationship in which a single derivative hedges a single hedged item, 
 the carrying value of the underlying asset or liability (the hedged item) is adjusted for 
 the hedged risk to offset the fair value movement of the related derivative. In the case of 
 a portfolio hedge, an adjustment is included in the fair value adjustments for portfolio hedged 
 risk line in the statement of financial position to offset the fair value movements in the 
 related derivative. The Group currently only designates portfolio hedges. 
 If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is terminated, 
 the cumulative fair value adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item is amortised 
 to the income statement over the period to maturity of the previously designated hedge relationship 
 and recorded as net interest income. If the underlying item is sold or repaid, the unamortised 
 fair value adjustment is immediately recognised in the income statement. 
 Cash flow hedge accounting 
 The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and 
 qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in 
 the cash flow hedge reserve in equity. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value 
 of the derivative is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts recognised in 
 the cash flow hedge reserve are subsequently reclassified to the income statement when the 
 underlying asset or liability being hedged impacts the income statement, for example when 
 interest payments are recognised, and are recorded in the same income statement line in which 
 the income or expense associated with the related hedged item is reported. 
 When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria 
 for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains 
 in equity and is recognised in the periods when the hedged item affects the income statement. 
 When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur (for example, the recognised hedged 
 item is disposed of), the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive 
 income is immediately reclassified to the income statement. 
 The cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative amount of gains and losses on hedging 
 instruments deemed effective in cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on 
 the hedging instrument is recognised in profit or loss only when the hedged transaction impacts 
 the profit or loss, or is included directly in the initial cost or other carrying amount of 
 the hedged non-financial items (basis adjustment). As at 31 December 2020, the reserve balance 
 was insignificant, and therefore is not disclosed in the statement of financial position. 
 

8. Operating expenses

 
                                                                          Restated 
                                                                 2021         2020 
                                                           GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Employee costs, including those of Directors: 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Wages and salaries                                               47.4         44.9 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Social security costs                                             5.8          5.0 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Pension costs                                                     2.0          1.9 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Share-based payment transactions                                  0.9            - 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 21)           1.3          1.4 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Depreciation of lease right-of-use assets (Note 22)               0.7          0.7 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 23)                       1.5          2.0 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Operating lease rentals                                           0.6          0.5 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Other administrative expenses                                    43.8         36.2 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total operating expenses                                        104.0         92.6 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

As described in Note 3, operating expenses are not aligned to operating segments for day-to-day management of the business, so they cannot be allocated on a reliable basis.

 
Post-retirement obligations accounting policy 
 The Group contributes to defined contribution schemes for the benefit of certain employees. 
 The schemes are funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds 
 at the contribution rates agreed with individual employees. The Group has no further payment 
 obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as an 
 employee benefit expense when they are due. There are no post-retirement benefits other than 
 pensions. 
 

Remuneration of the auditor and its associates, excluding VAT, was as follows:

 
                                                                                           2021      2020 
                                                                                        GBP'000   GBP'000 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Company's annual accounts        639       443 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for other services: 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
  The audit of the Company's subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation                           50        40 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
  Other assurance services                                                                  110        58 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
                                                                                            799       541 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

Other assurance services related to the Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs audit, Interim independent review report and profit certification (2020: Interim independent review report and profit certification).

9. Average number of employees

 
                2021     2020 
              Number   Number 
-----------  -------  ------- 
Directors          8        8 
-----------  -------  ------- 
Management       279      254 
-----------  -------  ------- 
Other            686      759 
-----------  -------  ------- 
                 973    1,021 
-----------  -------  ------- 
 

10. Income tax expense

 
                                                                                 Restated 
                                                                        2021         2020 
                                                                  GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Current taxation 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Corporation tax charge - current year                                   11.2          3.0 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Corporation tax charge - adjustments in respect of prior years         (0.5)        (0.5) 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                        10.7          2.5 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deferred taxation 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deferred tax charge - current year                                     (0.7)          0.7 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deferred tax charge - adjustments in respect of prior years              0.4          0.5 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                       (0.3)          1.2 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Income tax expense                                                      10.4          3.7 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Tax reconciliation 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit before tax                                                       56.0         19.1 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Tax at 19.00% (2020: 19.00%)                                            10.6          3.6 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Banking surcharge                                                        1.4            - 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Rate change on deferred tax assets                                     (1.5)        (0.1) 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Prior period adjustments                                               (0.1)            - 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Other                                                                      -          0.2 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Income tax expense for the year                                         10.4          3.7 
---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The 2020 tax charge has been restated for the SaaS prior year adjustment. See Note 1.3 for further details.

The Government legislated on 10 June 2021 to increase the main Corporation Tax rate to 25% from 1 April 2023. The Group is also subject to an 8% surcharge on the profits of banking companies in excess of GBP25 million. The Government is proposing to reduce the banking surcharge to 3% on bank tax profits in excess of GBP100 million with effect from 1 April 2023. The Finance Bill containing these changes was substantively enacted on 2 February 2022.

Deferred tax is based on the combined effect of Corporation Tax and banking surcharge as enacted at the balance sheet date and therefore the proposed banking surcharge change has not been reflected in the revised forecast tax rates used in the financial statements. The main component of the deferred tax asset is deferred tax on the IFRS 9 transition adjustment, which reverses on a straight-line basis over 10 years commencing in 2018. The reduction in the closing deferred tax asset from applying the draft legislation is not expected to be material.

 
Income taxation accounting policy 
 Current income tax which is payable on taxable profits is recognised as an expense in the 
 period in which the profits arise. 
 Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of 
 assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. 
 Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially 
 enacted by the statement of financial position date and are expected to apply when the related 
 deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. 
 

11. Earnings per ordinary share

11.1 Basic

Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares as follows:

 
                                                                                 Restated 
                                                                         2021        2020 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent (GBPmillion)         45.6        15.4 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (number)                18,637,444  18,615,480 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Earnings per share (pence)                                              244.7        82.7 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
 

11.2 Diluted

Diluted earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, as noted above, as well as the number of dilutive share options in issue during the year, as follows:

 
                                                                         Restated 
                                                                 2021        2020 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares                 18,637,444  18,615,480 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Number of dilutive shares in issue at the year-end            407,729     399,713 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Fully diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares   19,045,173  19,015,193 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Dilutive shares being based on: 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Number of options outstanding at the year-end                 949,193     789,854 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Weighted average exercise price (pence)                           370         477 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Average share price during the period (pence)                   1,103       1,238 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Diluted earnings per share (pence)                              239.4        81.0 
---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------- 
 

12. Dividends

 
                                                                         2021      2020 
                                                                      GBP'000   GBP'000 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
2020 final dividend - 44.0 pence per share (paid May 2021)                8.2         - 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
2021 interim dividend - 20.0 pence per share (paid September 2021)        3.7         - 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
                                                                         11.9         - 
-------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

The Directors recommend the payment of a final dividend of 41.1 pence per share (2020: 44.0 pence per share). The final dividend, if approved by members at the Annual General Meeting, will be paid on 19 May 2022 with an associated record date of 22 April 2022.

 
Dividends accounting policy 
 Final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are 
 approved by shareholders. Interim dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in 
 the period in which they are paid. 
 

13. Loans and advances to banks

Moody's long-term ratings are as follows:

 
                                                   Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                    2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                              GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
A1 - A3                                             45.2         58.2         42.3         56.6 
-------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Arbuthnot Latham & Co. Limited - No rating           5.1          5.1          5.1          5.1 
-------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                    50.3         63.3         47.4         61.7 
-------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

None of the loans and advances to banks are either past due or impaired.

Loans and advances to banks includes restricted cash of GBP6.3 million (2020: GBP11.7 million). See Note 36.1 for a reconciliation to cash and cash equivalents.

14. Debt securities

Group and Company

Debt securities of GBP25.0 million (2020: GBPnil) consist solely of sterling UK Government Treasury Bills ('T-Bills'). The Group's intention is to hold the asset to collect its contractual cash flows of principal and interest and, therefore, they are stated in the statement of financial position at amortised cost. The number of T-Bills held increased to GBP25.0 million over the year, from GBPnil as at 31 December 2020 which was temporarily required to be utilised as collateral against the Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs.

All of the debt securities had a rating agency designation, based on Moody's long-term ratings of Aa3 (2020: Aa2). None of the debt securities were either past due or impaired.

 
The accounting policy for debt securities is included in Note 1.5 Financial assets and financial 
 liabilities accounting policy. 
 

15. Loans and advances to customers

 
                                                                        Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                                         2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                                   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Gross loans and advances                                              2,598.1      2,441.6      2,511.2      2,349.7 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Less: allowances for impairment of loans and advances (Note 17)        (67.5)       (82.7)       (60.9)       (79.9) 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                      2,530.6      2,358.9      2,450.3      2,269.8 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The fair value of loans and advances to customers is shown in Note 42.

Group and Company

At 31 December 2021 Retail Finance loans included in loans and advances to customers of GBP579.9 million (2020: GBP498.4 million) were pre-positioned under the Bank of England's liquidity support operations and Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs, and were available for use as collateral within the schemes.

The following loans are secured upon real estate:

 
                               2021            2021           2020            2020 
                       Loan balance   Loan-to-value   Loan balance   Loan-to-value 
                         GBPmillion               %     GBPmillion               % 
--------------------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------- 
Real Estate Finance         1,109.6             56%        1,051.9             56% 
--------------------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------- 
Consumer Mortgages                -               -           77.7             51% 
--------------------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------- 
                            1,109.6                        1,129.6 
--------------------  -------------  --------------  -------------  -------------- 
 

Under its credit policy, the Real Estate Finance business lends to a maximum loan-to-value of 70% for investment loans and 60% for residential development loans and up to 65% for pre-let commercial development loans (based on gross development value).

All property valuations at loan inception, and the majority of development stage valuations, are performed by independent Chartered Surveyors, who perform their work in accordance with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors Valuation - Professional Standards.

Group

GBP3.5 million of cash collateral has been received as at 31 December 2021 in respect of certain loans and advances (2020: GBP3.7 million).

 
The accounting policy for loans and advances to customers is included in Note 1.5 Financial 
 assets and financial liabilities accounting policy. 
 

16. Finance lease receivables

Loans and advances to customers include finance lease receivables as follows:

 
                                                                         Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                                          2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                                    GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Gross investment in finance lease receivables: 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- Not more than one year                                                 137.1        143.9        135.9        141.5 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- Later than one year and no later than five years                       253.2        239.0        252.9        237.6 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                         390.3        382.9        388.8        379.1 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Unearned future finance income on finance leases                       (105.7)      (103.3)      (105.5)      (102.6) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Net investment in finance leases                                         284.6        279.6        283.3        276.5 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows: 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- Not more than one year                                                  87.5         93.2         86.5         91.3 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- Later than one year and no later than five years                       197.1        186.4        196.8        185.2 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                         284.6        279.6        283.3        276.5 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Finance lease receivables include Vehicle Finance to consumers, Asset Finance and the RentSmart loan book.

 
Lessor accounting policy 
 The present value of the lease payments on assets leased to customers under agreements which 
 transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, with or without ultimate legal 
 title, are recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the 
 present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is 
 recognised over the term of the lease using the net investment method, which reflects a constant 
 periodic rate of return. 
 

17. Allowances for impairment of loans and advances

Group

 
                             Not credit-impaired  Credit-impaired 
                  ------------------------------  --------------- 
                       Stage 1:         Stage 2:         Stage 3: 
                     Subject to       Subject to       Subject to                   Gross loans and 
                   12-month ECL     lifetime ECL     lifetime ECL  Total provision      receivables  Provision cover 
                     GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion                % 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
31 December 2021 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Business 
Finance: 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance                    0.1              0.4              2.7              3.2          1,112.8             0.3% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Commercial 
 Finance                    0.5              0.1              0.5              1.1            314.4             0.3% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Consumer 
Finance: 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Retail Finance             10.0              7.6              4.1             21.7            786.5             2.8% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Vehicle Finance: 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Voluntary 
 termination 
 provision                  4.2                -                -              4.2 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Other impairment            3.7             11.9             14.4             30.0 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
                            7.9             11.9             14.4             34.2            297.5            11.5% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Debt Management               -                -              7.3              7.3             86.9             8.4% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
                           18.5             20.0             29.0             67.5          2,598.1             2.6% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
 
 
                            Not credit-impaired  Credit-impaired 
                   ----------------------------  --------------- 
                        Stage 1:       Stage 2:         Stage 3: 
                      Subject to     Subject to       Subject to                    Gross loans and 
                    12-month ECL   lifetime ECL     lifetime ECL  Total provision       receivables  Provision cover 
                      GBPmillion     GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion        GBPmillion                % 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
31 December 2020 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Business Finance: 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance                     1.4            2.7              1.3              5.4           1,057.3             0.5% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Asset Finance                0.6            0.1              1.3              2.0              12.4            16.1% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Commercial 
 Finance                     0.7            0.5              0.1              1.3             232.0             0.6% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Consumer Finance: 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Retail Finance              13.2            7.9              3.5             24.6             683.0             3.6% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Vehicle Finance: 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Voluntary 
 termination 
 provision                   4.8              -                -              4.8 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Other impairment             6.2           16.0             15.2             37.4 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
                            11.0           16.0             15.2             42.2             286.1            14.8% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Debt Management                -              -              7.0              7.0              88.8             7.9% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Consumer 
 Mortgages                   0.2              -                -              0.2              77.9             0.3% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Other                          -              -                -                -               4.1             0.0% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
                            27.1           27.2             28.4             82.7           2,441.6             3.4% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
 

The impairment charge disclosed in the income statement can be analysed as follows:

 
                                                                 2021         2020 
                                                           GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Expected credit losses: impairment charge                         4.9         50.3 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Charge in respect of off balance sheet loan commitments         (0.2)          0.7 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans written off, net of amounts utilised                          -          0.6 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Recoveries of loans written off                                 (0.2)        (0.3) 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                  4.5         51.3 
--------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Total provisions above include expert credit judgements as follows:

 
                                                                                                     2021         2020 
                                                                                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Specific overlays held against credit-impaired secured assets held within the Business 
 Finance 
 portfolio                                                                                          (0.4)        (3.4) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Management judgement in respect of: 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 Consumer Finance affordability                                                                       4.6            - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 Vehicle Finance used car valuations                                                                  1.5          0.7 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 Uncertainty over the future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic                                          0.4          3.5 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
POCI adjustment (see below)                                                                           7.3          6.7 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Other                                                                                               (0.1)          0.7 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Expert credit judgements over the IFRS 9 model results                                               13.3          8.2 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The specific overlays for Business Finance have been estimated on an individual basis by assessing the recoverability and condition of the secured asset, along with any other recoveries that may be made.

For further details on Consumer Finance affordability and Vehicle Finance used car valuations, see Notes 17.1.2. and 17.1.5 respectively.

POCI adjustment

The Group's debt management business purchases credit-impaired loans from the Company and other unrelated third parties. Under IFRS 9, these are classified as Purchased and Originated Credit-Impaired ('POCI') loans. As a practical expedient, income on POCI loans is initially recognised by applying the original credit-adjusted EIR to the expected future cash flows arising from the POCI assets. The Group's accounting policy is to recognise POCI income by applying the original credit-adjusted EIR to the amortised cost of the assets. Expected changes in cash flows since the date of purchase are recognised as an impairment gain or loss in the income statement. At the year end, reductions in credit quality resulted in a GBP7.3 million (2020: GBP6.7 million) impairment provision.

Reconciliations of the opening to closing allowance for impairment of loans and advances are presented below:

 
                                                          Not credit-impaired           Credit-impaired 
                                      ---------------------------------------  ------------------------ 
                                           Stage 1: 
                                         Subject to                  Stage 2:                  Stage 3: 
                                       12-month ECL   Subject to lifetime ECL   Subject to lifetime ECL        Total 
                                         GBPmillion                GBPmillion                GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2021                              27.1                      27.3                      28.3         82.7 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
(Decrease)/increase due to change in 
credit risk 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 2                         (5.3)                      27.1                     (0.2)         21.6 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 3                         (0.1)                    (15.7)                      20.6          4.8 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 1                           2.9                     (5.3)                         -        (2.4) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Passage of time                              (10.9)                     (6.7)                     (3.0)       (20.6) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
New loans originated                           18.2                         -                         -         18.2 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Matured and derecognised loans                (4.1)                     (4.1)                         -        (8.2) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Changes to model methodology                  (0.1)                     (0.2)                       0.9          0.6 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Changes to credit risk parameters             (8.0)                     (2.3)                       0.7        (9.6) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Other adjustments                               0.5                         -                         -          0.5 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Charge to income statement                    (6.9)                     (7.2)                      19.0          4.9 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Allowance utilised in respect of 
 write-offs                                   (1.7)                     (0.1)                    (18.3)       (20.1) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
31 December 2021                               18.5                      20.0                      29.0         67.5 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
 

During the year, GBP1.6 million was utilised in respect of the Asset Finance and Consumer Mortgage book sales.

 
                                                            Not credit-impaired  Credit-impaired 
                                                   ----------------------------  --------------- 
                                                        Stage 1:       Stage 2:         Stage 3: 
                                                      Subject to     Subject to       Subject to 
                                                    12-month ECL   lifetime ECL     lifetime ECL        Total 
                                                      GBPmillion     GBPmillion       GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                           21.6           24.1             14.9         60.6 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
(Decrease)/increase due to change in credit risk 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 2                                      (5.4)           33.8                -         28.4 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 3                                          -         (20.7)             28.3          7.6 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 1                                        3.1          (6.6)                -        (3.5) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Passage of time                                           (10.9)         (10.5)              3.7       (17.7) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
New loans originated                                        11.9              -                -         11.9 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Matured and derecognised loans                             (2.5)          (2.9)                -        (5.4) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Changes to credit risk parameters                           11.4           10.1              7.4         28.9 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Other adjustments                                            0.1              -                -          0.1 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Charge to income statement                                   7.7            3.2             39.4         50.3 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Allowance utilised in respect of write-offs                (2.2)              -           (26.0)       (28.2) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
31 December 2020                                            27.1           27.3             28.3         82.7 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
 

The tables above have been prepared based on monthly movements in the ECL.

Passage of time represents the impact of accounts maturing through their contractual life and the associated reduction in PDs. For stage 3 assets it represents the unwind of the discount applied in calculating the ECL.

Changes to model methodology represent movements that have occurred due to enhancements made to the models during the year.

Changes to credit risk parameters represent movements that have occurred due to the Group updating model inputs. This would include the impact of, for example, updating the macroeconomic scenarios applied to the models.

Other adjustments represent the movement in the Vehicle Finance voluntary termination provision.

Stage 1 write-offs arise on Vehicle Finance accounts where borrowers have exercised their right to voluntarily terminate their agreements.

A breakdown of the gross receivable by internal credit risk rating is shown below:

 
                                                             2021                        2020 
                -------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------- 
                      Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3       Total        Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3       Total 
                   GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion     GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion 
--------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Business Finance: 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Strong                  107.6           -           -       107.6          521.8        26.9        10.4       559.1 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Good                    915.8        26.6           -       942.4          156.2       138.3           -       294.5 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Satisfactory            179.7       138.2         5.2       323.1          391.0        14.4         0.1       405.5 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Weak                        -        14.1        40.0        54.1            4.5        22.8        15.3        42.6 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
                      1,203.1       178.9        45.2     1,427.2        1,073.5       202.4        25.8     1,301.7 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Consumer Finance: 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Good                    360.3        95.7         5.3       461.3          288.2        76.8         5.5       370.5 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Satisfactory            338.5        63.3         7.1       408.9          302.0        55.4         7.4       364.8 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Weak                    167.6        34.8        11.4       213.8          172.6        47.7        13.5       233.8 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Consumer Mortgages          -           -           -           -           77.9           -           -        77.9 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
Debt Management             -           -        86.9        86.9              -           -        88.8        88.8 
-------------------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
                        866.4       193.8       110.7     1,170.9          840.7       179.9       115.2     1,135.8 
--------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------- 
 
 

Internal credit risk rating is based on the most recent credit risk score of a customer.

During 2021 the credit rating methodology for Real Estate Finance was updated. As a result the year on year change is not directly comparable.

Company

 
                             Not credit-impaired  Credit-impaired 
                  ------------------------------  --------------- 
                       Stage 1:         Stage 2:         Stage 3: 
                     Subject to       Subject to       Subject to                   Gross loans and 
                   12-month ECL     lifetime ECL     lifetime ECL  Total provision      receivables  Provision cover 
                     GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion                % 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
31 December 2021 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Business 
Finance: 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance                    0.1              0.4              2.7              3.2          1,112.8             0.3% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Commercial 
 Finance                    0.5              0.1              0.5              1.1            314.4             0.3% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Consumer 
Finance: 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Retail Finance             10.1              7.7              4.1             21.9            786.5             2.8% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Vehicle Finance: 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Voluntary 
 termination 
 provision                  4.2                -                -              4.2 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Other impairment            3.7             12.1             14.7             30.5 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
                            7.9             12.1             14.7             34.7            297.5            11.7% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
                           18.6             20.3             22.0             60.9          2,511.2             2.4% 
----------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
 
 
                            Not credit-impaired  Credit-impaired 
                   ----------------------------  --------------- 
                        Stage 1:       Stage 2:         Stage 3: 
                      Subject to     Subject to       Subject to                    Gross loans and 
                    12-month ECL   lifetime ECL     lifetime ECL  Total provision       receivables  Provision cover 
                      GBPmillion     GBPmillion       GBPmillion       GBPmillion        GBPmillion                % 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
31 December 2020 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Business Finance: 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance                     1.4            2.7              1.3              5.4           1,057.3             0.5% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Asset Finance                0.6            0.1              1.3              2.0              12.4            16.1% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Commercial 
 Finance                     0.7            0.5              0.1              1.3             232.0             0.6% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Consumer Finance: 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Retail Finance              13.8            8.2              3.6             25.6             683.0             3.7% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Vehicle Finance: 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Voluntary 
 termination 
 provision                   4.8              -                -              4.8 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Other impairment             6.6           17.4             16.6             40.6 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
                            11.4           17.4             16.6             45.4             286.6            15.8% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Consumer 
 Mortgages                   0.2              -                -              0.2              77.9             0.3% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
Other                          -              -                -                -               0.5             0.0% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
                            28.1           28.9             22.9             79.9           2,349.7             3.4% 
-----------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------- 
 

Total provisions above include expert credit judgements of GBP6.0 million (2020: GBP1.2 million), being the same as Group but excluding the POCI adjustment.

Reconciliations of the opening to closing allowance for impairment of loans and advances are presented below:

 
                                                          Not credit-impaired           Credit-impaired 
                                      ---------------------------------------  ------------------------ 
                                           Stage 1: 
                                         Subject to                  Stage 2:                  Stage 3: 
                                       12-month ECL   Subject to lifetime ECL   Subject to lifetime ECL        Total 
                                         GBPmillion                GBPmillion                GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2021                              28.2                      29.0                      22.7         79.9 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
(Decrease)/increase due to change in 
credit risk 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 2                         (5.6)                      28.6                     (0.2)         22.8 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 3                         (0.1)                    (16.5)                      21.5          4.9 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 1                           3.1                     (5.6)                         -        (2.5) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Passage of time                              (12.5)                     (8.2)                     (4.7)       (25.4) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
New loans originated                           19.1                         -                         -         19.1 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Mature and derecognised loans                 (4.3)                     (4.4)                         -        (8.7) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Changes to model methodology                  (0.1)                     (0.2)                       0.9          0.6 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Changes to credit risk parameters             (8.0)                     (2.3)                       0.4        (9.9) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Other adjustments                               0.5                         -                     (0.1)          0.4 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Charge to income statement                    (7.9)                     (8.6)                      17.8          1.3 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
Allowance utilised in respect of 
 write-offs                                   (1.7)                     (0.1)                    (18.5)       (20.3) 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
31 December 2021                               18.6                      20.3                      22.0         60.9 
------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                            Not credit-impaired  Credit-impaired 
                                                   ----------------------------  --------------- 
                                                        Stage 1:       Stage 2:         Stage 3: 
                                                      Subject to     Subject to       Subject to 
                                                    12-month ECL   lifetime ECL     lifetime ECL        Total 
                                                      GBPmillion     GBPmillion       GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                           22.8           26.9             19.0         68.7 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
(Decrease)/increase due to change in credit risk 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 2                                      (5.7)           36.2                -         30.5 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 3                                          -         (22.5)             30.5          8.0 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
- Transfer to stage 1                                        3.2          (6.5)                -        (3.3) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Passage of time                                           (11.3)         (12.0)              1.2       (22.1) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
New loans originated                                        12.6              -                -         12.6 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Matured and derecognised loans                             (2.7)          (3.2)                -        (5.9) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Changes to model methodology                                   -              -                -            - 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Changes to credit risk parameters                           11.4           10.1            (1.7)         19.8 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Other adjustments                                            0.1              -                -          0.1 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Charge to income statement                                   7.6            2.1             30.0         39.7 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
Allowance utilised in respect of write-offs                (2.2)              -           (26.3)       (28.5) 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
31 December 2020                                            28.2           29.0             22.7         79.9 
-------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ----------- 
 

The tables above have been prepared based on monthly movements in the ECL. Stage 1 write-offs arise on Vehicle Finance accounts that have exercised their right to voluntarily terminate their agreements.

Passage of time represents the impact of accounts maturing through their contractual life and the associated reduction in PDs. For stage 3 assets it represents the unwind of the discount applied in calculating the ECL.

Changes to model methodology represent movements that have occurred due to enhancements made to the models during the year.

Changes to credit risk parameters represent movements that have occurred due to the Group updating model inputs. This would include the impact of, for example, updating the macroeconomic scenarios applied to the models.

Other adjustments represent the movement in the Vehicle Finance voluntary termination provision.

Stage 1 write-offs arise on Vehicle Finance accounts that have exercised their right to voluntarily terminate their agreements.

Impairment of financial assets and loan commitments accounting policy

The Group recognises loss allowances for Expected Credit Losses ('ECL') on all financial assets carried at amortised cost, including lease receivables and loan commitments.

Stage 1 assets

Credit loss allowances are measured as an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for the following assets, for which they are measured as 12-month ECL:

-- Financial assets determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date.

-- Financial assets which have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since their initial recognition.

-- Financial assets which have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since their initial recognition but have subsequently met the Group's cure policy, as set out below.

A low credit risk asset is considered to have low credit risk when its credit risk rating is equivalent to the widely understood definition of 'investment grade' assets. The Group has assessed all its debt securities, which represents UK Treasury bills, and loans held in STB Leasing Limited, for which credit risk is retained by its partner RentSmart, to be low credit risk.

Stage 2 assets

Assets which have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since their initial recognition and have not subsequently met the Group's cure policy are classified as stage 2 assets and are reclassified from stage 1, for which loss allowances are measured at an amount equal to 12-month ECL, to stage 2, for which ECL is measured as lifetime ECL.

The Group's definitions of a significant increase in credit risk and default are set out below.

For Consumer Finance, the credit risk of a financial asset is considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition where there has been a significant increase in the remaining lifetime probability of default of the asset. The Group may also use its expert credit judgement and where possible relevant historical and current performance data, including bureau data, to determine that an exposure has undergone a significant increase in credit risk.

For Business Finance, the credit risk of a financial asset is considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk where certain early warning indicators apply. These indicators may include notification of county court judgements or, specifically for the Real Estate Finance portfolio, cost over-runs and timing delays experienced by borrowers.

As a backstop, the Group considers that a significant increase in credit risk occurs no later than when an asset is more than 30 days past due for all portfolios.

Stage 3 assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit-impaired or defaulted (stage 3). A financial asset is considered to be credit-impaired when an event or events that have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows have occurred, or have other specific unlikeliness to pay indicators. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes the following observable data:

-- Initiation of bankruptcy proceedings.

-- Notification of bereavement.

-- Identification of loan meeting debt sale criteria.

-- Initiation of repossession proceedings.

-- A material covenant breach that has remained unremedied for more than 90 days.

In addition, a loan that is 90 days or more past due is considered credit-impaired for all portfolios. The credit risk of financial assets that become credit-impaired are not expected to improve so they remain credit-impaired.

For Commercial Finance facilities that do not have a fixed term or repayment structure, evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes:

-- the client ceasing to trade; or

-- unpaid debtor balances that are dated at least six months past their normal recourse period.

Cure policy

The credit risk of a financial asset may improve such that it is no longer considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk if it meets the Group's cure policy. The Group's cure policy for all portfolios requires sufficient payments to be made to bring an account back within less than 30 days past due and for such payments to be maintained for six consecutive months.

The Group has determined stage 3 to be an absorbing state. Once a loan is in default it is not therefore expected to cure back to stage 1 or 2.

Calculation of expected credit loss

ECL are probability weighted estimates of credit losses which are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls. Specifically, this is the difference between the contractual cash flows due and the cash flows expected to be received, discounted at the original effective interest rate or, for portfolios purchased outside of the Group by Debt Managers (Services) Limited, the credit adjusted effective interest rate. For undrawn loan commitments ECL is measured as the difference between the contractual cash flows due if the commitment is drawn and the cash flows expected to be received.

Lifetime ECL is the ECL that results from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial asset.

12-month ECL is the portion of lifetime ECL that results from default events on a financial asset that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

ECL are calculated by multiplying three main components: the probability of default ('PD'), exposure at default and loss given default ('LGD') discounted at the original effective interest rate of an asset. These variables are derived from internally developed statistical models and historical data, adjusted to reflect forward-looking information and are discussed in turn further below. Management adjustments are made to modelled output to account for situations where known or expected risk factors have not been considered in the modelling process.

Probability of default ('PD') and credit risk grades

Credit risk grades are a primary input into the determination of the PD for exposures. The Group allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade at origination and at each reporting period to predict the risk of default. Credit risk grades are determined using qualitative and quantitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default e.g. arrears status and loan applications scores. These factors vary for each loan portfolio. Exposures are subject to ongoing monitoring, which may result in an exposure being moved to a different credit risk grade. In monitoring exposures information such as payment records, request for forbearance strategies and forecast changes in economic conditions are considered for Consumer Finance. Additionally, for Business Finance portfolios information obtained during periodic client reviews, for example audited financial statements, management accounts, budgets and projections are considered, with particular focus on key ratios, compliance with covenants and changes in senior management teams.

Exogenous, Maturity, Vintage modelling is used in the production of forward-looking lifetime PDs. This method entails modelling the effects of external (exogenous) factors against cohorts of lending and their time on the books creating a clean relationship to best demonstrate the movement in default rates as macroeconomic variables are changed. These models are extrapolated to provide PD estimates for the future, based on forecasted economic scenarios.

Exposure at default ('EAD')

EAD represents the expected exposure in the event of a default. EAD is derived from the current exposure and potential changes to the current amount allowed under the terms of the contract, including amortisation overpayments and early terminations. The EAD of a financial asset is its gross carrying amount. For loan commitments the EAD includes the amount drawn as well as potential future amounts that may be drawn under the terms of the contract, estimated based on historical observations and forward-looking forecasts.

For Commercial Finance facilities that have no specific term, an assumption is made that accounts close 36 months after the reporting date for the purposes of measuring lifetime ECL. This assumption is based on industry experience of average client life. These facilities do not have a fixed term or repayment structure but are revolving and increase or decrease to reflect the value of the collateral i.e. receivables or inventory. The Group can cancel the facilities with immediate effect, although this contractual right is not enforced in the normal day-to-day management of the facility. Typically, demand would only be made on the failure of a client business or in the event of a material event of default, such as a fraud. In the normal course of events, the Group's exposure is recovered through receipt of remittances from the client's debtors rather than from the client itself.

The ECL for such facilities is estimated taking into account the credit risk management actions that the Group expects to take to mitigate against losses. These include a reduction in advance rate and facility limits or application of reserves against a facility to improve the likelihood of full recovery of exposure from the debtors.

Alternative recovery routes mitigating ECL would include refinancing by another funding provider, taking security over other asset classes or secured personal guarantees from the client's principals.

Loss given default ('LGD')

LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss in the event of default. This takes into account recoveries either through curing or, where applicable, through auction sale of repossessed collateral and debt sale of the residual shortfall amount. For loans secured by retail property, loan-to-value ratios are key parameters in determining LGD. LGDs are calculated on a discounted cash flow basis using the financial instrument's origination effective interest rate as the discount factor.

Incorporation of forward-looking data

The Group incorporates forward-looking information into both its assessment of whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and its measurement of expected credit loss. This is achieved by developing a number of potential economic scenarios and modelling expected credit losses for each scenario. To ensure material non-linear relationships between economic factors and credit losses are reflected in the calculation of ECL, a severe stress scenario is used as one of these scenarios. The outputs from each scenario are combined using the estimated likelihood of each scenario occurring to derive a probability weighted expected credit loss. The four scenarios adopted and probability weighting applied are set out below.

The Group has considered which economic variables impact credit risk and credit losses. The key drivers of credit risk and credit losses included in the macroeconomic scenarios for all portfolios, with the exception of Real Estate Finance, have been identified as annual unemployment rate growth and annual house price index growth. For the Real Estate Finance portfolio the key drivers have been identified as unemployment rate growth and the annual house price index growth. Base case assumptions applied for each of these variables have been sourced from external consensus or Bank of England forecasts. Further details of the assumptions applied to other scenarios are presented below.

Expert credit judgements

Where the ECL model output does not reflect the level of credit risk, judgement is used to calculate expert credit judgements.

Presentation of loss allowance

Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the statement of financial position as follows with the loss recognised in the income statement:

-- Financial assets measured at amortised cost: as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

-- Other loan commitments: generally, as a provision.

For the Real Estate Finance and Commercial Finance portfolios, where a loan facility is agreed that includes both drawn and undrawn elements and the Group cannot identify the ECL on the loan commitment separately, a combined loss allowance for both drawn and undrawn components of the loan is presented as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the drawn component, with any excess of the loss allowance over the gross drawn amount presented as a provision.

When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related ECL allowance. Such loans are written off after all necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined.

Vehicle Finance voluntary termination provision

In addition to recognising allowances for ECLs, the Group holds a provision for voluntary terminations ('VT') for all Vehicle Finance financial assets. VT is a legal right provided to customers who take out hire purchase agreements. The provision is calculated by multiplying the probability of VT of an asset by the expected shortfall on VT discounted back at the original effective interest rate of the asset. VT allowances are not held against loans in default (stage 3 loans).

The VT provision is presented in the statement of financial position as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of Vehicle Finance assets with the loss recognised in the income statement.

Write off

Loans and advances to customers are written off partially or in full when the Group has exhausted all viable recovery options. The majority of write-offs arise from Debt Relief Orders, insolvencies, IVAs, deceased customers where there is no estate and vulnerable customers in certain circumstances. Amounts subsequently recovered on assets previously written off are recognised in the impairment charge in the income statement.

Intercompany receivables

The parent company's expected credit loss on amounts due from related companies, calculated by applying probability of default and loss given default to the amount outstanding at the year-end, was not material at 31 December 2021 or 31 December 2020.

17.1. Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Estimations which could have a material impact on the Group's financial results and are therefore considered to be key sources of estimation uncertainty all relate to the impairment charge on loans and advances to customers and are therefore set out below.

The continuing potential impact of COVID-19 on the macroeconomic environment has been considered in determining reasonably possible changes in key sources of estimation uncertainty which may occur in the next 12 months.

The impairment charge comprises of two principal elements:

-- modelled expect credit losses ('ECLs'), and

-- expert credit judgements, which are overlaid onto the output from the models.

As discussed above modelled ECLs are calculated by multiplying three main components: the probability of default ('PD'), exposure at default and loss given default ('LGD'). These variables are derived from internally developed statistical models and historical data, adjusted to reflect forward-looking information.

Exogenous, Maturity, Vintage modelling is used in the production of forward-looking lifetime PDs in the calculation of ECLs. As the Group's performance data does not go back far enough to capture a full economic cycle, the proxy series of the quarterly rates of write offs for UK unsecured lending data is used to build an economic response model to incorporate the effects of recession.

The Group's policy for the determination of LGD is outlined above.

The determination of both the PD and LGD require estimation which is discussed further below.

17.1.1. Estimation of PDs

Sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in PD could potentially result in material changes in the ECL allowance for Vehicle Finance and Retail Finance.

A 15% change in the PD for Vehicle Finance would immediately impact the ECL allowance by GBP2.3 million (2020: a 10% change impacted the ECL allowance by GBP2.2 million).

A 30% change in the PD for Retail Finance would immediately impact the ECL allowance by GBP4.6 million (2020: a 20% change impacted the ECL allowance by GBP5.0 million).

During the year, there was a 14% (2020: 3%) change in PD for Vehicle Finance, and a 27% (2020: 20%) change in PD for Retail Finance.

Due to the relatively low levels of provisions on the Business Finance books, sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in PD are not considered material.

17.1.2. Consumer Finance customer affordability

A new PD judgement has also been applied at the year end to reflect the heightened risk of lower customer affordability in the Consumer businesses due to the increased cost of living. A 15% uplift has been applied to the ECL on loans identified as most likely to be impacted by increases in cost of living, which impacts the ECL by GBP4.6 million. If the uplift factor was increased to 20%, the ECL would be impacted by a further GBP0.9 million.

17.1.3. Vehicle Finance cure rates

Where loans are in stage 3, and return to less than 90 days past due, expected future cure rates are an element of the PD calculation. Cure rates are currently above the assumption used in the model of 6.3%, but management are expecting that cure rates will return to their pre-COVID-19 pandemic levels. An increase in the cure rate to 12% would decrease the ECL by GBP2.0 million.

17.1.4. Vehicle Finance recovery rates

With the exception of the Vehicle Finance portfolio, the sensitivity of the ECL allowance to reasonably possible changes in the LGD is not considered material. The Vehicle Finance portfolio is particularly sensitive to changes in LGD due to the range of outcomes which could crystallise depending on whether the Group is able to recover the vehicle as security. For the Vehicle Finance portfolio a 20% change in the LGD is considered reasonably possible due to delays in the vehicle collection process. A 20% reduction in the vehicle recovery rate assumption element of the LGD for Vehicle Finance would increase the ECL by GBP2.0 million (2020: GBP1.9 million). During the year, there was an 0% (2020: 16%) change in the vehicle recovery rate assumption.

17.1.5. Vehicle Finance used car values

Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have observed an increase in used car prices of 32%. This increase in used car prices has been incorporated into the modelled LGD reducing the ECL provision by GBP3.0m (2020: GBP0.7 million), however, the Directors believe that only 12% of the increase in used car prices will be permanent and have applied an overlay for lower recoveries with an increased provision of GBP1.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: GBP0.7 million).

17.1.6. LGD on Real Estate Finance loans in stage 3

The ECL on Real Estate Finance loans in stage 3 is calculated using a probability weighted expected outcome for each loan, with the scenarios ranging from best case to downside case(s) to worst case. If the base cases were removed, with a corresponding increase in downside case(s) and no movement in worst case, which management considers to be a reasonably possible outcome, the ECL would increase by GBP2.2 million. The average actual weighting given to the base cases at December 2021 was 62.5%.

17.1.7. Incorporation of forward-looking data

The Group incorporates forward-looking information into both its assessment of whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and its measurement of expected credit loss by developing a number of potential economic scenarios and modelling expected credit losses for each scenario. Further detail on this process is provided above.

The macroeconomic scenarios used were internally developed, having regard to externally published scenarios. The scenarios and weightings applied are summarised below:

 
                                  UK Unemployment Rate - Annual Average         UK HPI - movement from December 2021 
                            -------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------ 
                               2022    2023    2024        5 Yr Average       2022      2023    2024    5 Yr Average 
Scenario        Weightings        %       %       %                   %          %         %       %               % 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  ------  -------------- 
December 2021 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  ------  -------------- 
Upside                 20%      4.1     4.0     4.0                 4.0        0.8       3.9     8.1             8.3 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  ------  -------------- 
Base                   50%      4.9     4.4     4.2                 4.3        1.0       1.9     3.9             4.9 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  ------  -------------- 
Downside               25%      5.7     5.6     4.8                 4.9      (3.0)     (1.9)     2.1             2.7 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  ------  -------------- 
Severe                  5%      6.8     8.3     6.8                 6.3     (10.7)    (11.2)   (7.2)           (6.2) 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  ------  -------------- 
 
 
                                  UK Unemployment Rate - Annual Average         UK HPI - movement from December 2020 
                            -------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------ 
                                                                                                                5 Yr 
                               2021    2022    2023        5 Yr Average       2021      2022      2023       Average 
Scenario        Weightings        %       %       %                   %          %         %         %             % 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  --------  ------------ 
December 2020 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  --------  ------------ 
Upside                 20%      5.9     5.9     5.2                 5.1      (2.2)     (2.9)       1.9           3.7 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  --------  ------------ 
Base                   45%      7.5     8.2     7.0                 6.6      (4.1)     (7.4)     (2.8)         (0.3) 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  --------  ------------ 
Downside               25%      7.7     8.4     7.2                 6.7      (4.4)     (7.0)     (2.2)         (0.0) 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  --------  ------------ 
Severe                 10%      8.4    10.1     8.3                 7.5     (16.4)    (24.4)    (20.4)        (16.3) 
--------------  ----------  -------  ------  ------  ------------------   --------  --------  --------  ------------ 
 

The sensitivity of the ECL allowance to reasonably possible changes in macroeconomic scenario weighting is presented below:

 
                             Increase in downside case 
                     weighting by 10% and reduction in                 Increase in severe stress case 
                                           upside case     weighting by 5% and reduction in base case 
                  ------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------- 
                               2021               2020                    2021                   2020 
                         GBPmillion         GBPmillion              GBPmillion             GBPmillion 
----------------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------------------  --------------------- 
Vehicle Finance                 0.2                0.4                     0.2                    0.2 
----------------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------------------  --------------------- 
Retail Finance                  0.3                0.5                     0.2                    0.2 
----------------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------------------  --------------------- 
 

The sensitivity is immaterial for other lending products.

The Group recognised an impairment charge of GBP4.5 million (2020: GBP51.3 million). Were each of the macroeconomic scenarios to be applied 100%, rather than using the weightings set out above, the increase/(decrease) on ECL provisions would be as follows:

 
           Vehicle Finance  Retail Finance  Business Finance  Total Group 
                      2021            2021              2021         2021 
Scenario        GBPmillion      GBPmillion        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Upside               (1.2)           (2.0)             (2.5)        (5.7) 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Base                 (0.4)           (0.4)             (1.9)        (2.7) 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Downside               1.0             1.5               0.5          3.0 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Severe                 3.3             4.6               8.4         16.3 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
 
 
           Vehicle Finance  Retail Finance  Business Finance  Total Group 
                      2020            2020              2020         2020 
Scenario        GBPmillion      GBPmillion        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Upside               (3.0)           (3.8)             (2.1)        (8.9) 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Base                   0.1             0.1               0.4          0.6 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Downside               1.0             1.2                 -          2.2 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Severe                 3.2             4.1               8.4         15.7 
---------  ---------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------- 
 

17.1.8. Debt Management forecast collections on POCI debt

A +/-8.0% change in Debt Management forecast collections, which the Directors consider to be a reasonable possible change, would increase or decrease loans and advances to customers by GBP6.4 million (2020: GBP6.5 million) respectively, resulting in a corresponding GBP6.4 million (2020: GBP6.5 million) increase or decrease in profit or loss.

17.1.9. Climate-risk impact

The Group has considered the impact of climate-related risks on the financial statements, in particular the impact on impairment within the Vehicle Finance business. While the effects of climate change represent a source of uncertainty (in respect of potential transitional risks such as those that may arise from changes in future Government policy), the Group does not consider there to be a material impact on its judgements and estimates from the physical, transition and other climate-related risks in the short-term.

18. Derivative financial instruments

Group and Company

Interest rate swaps are held for risk mitigation purposes. The table below provides an analysis of the notional amount and fair value of derivatives by hedge accounting relationship. The amount of ineffectiveness recognised for each hedge type is shown in Note 7. Notional amount is the amount on which payment flows are derived and does not represent amounts at risk.

 
                                             Notional       Assets  Liabilities     Notional      Assests  Liabilities 
                                                 2021         2021         2021         2020         2020         2020 
                                           GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest rate swaps designated in fair value hedges 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
In less than one year                           382.1          0.3        (0.7)        228.4          0.4        (0.6) 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
More than one year but less than three 
 years                                          564.6          2.9        (3.0)        599.7          2.3        (3.1) 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
More than three years but less than five 
 years                                          194.3          0.4        (2.2)        263.6          2.0        (2.4) 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
More than five years                                -            -            -          1.8          0.1            - 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                              1,141.0          3.6        (5.9)      1,093.5          4.8        (6.1) 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest rate swaps designated in cash flow hedges 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
In less than one year                                                                      -            -            - 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
More than one year but less than three 
 years                                            4.7            -        (0.1)            -            -            - 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
More than three years but less than five 
 years                                            9.4            -        (0.2)          4.7            -            - 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                 14.1            -        (0.3)          4.7            -            - 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Foreign exchange swaps 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
In less than one year                            15.3          0.2            -         13.0            -            - 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                              1,170.4          3.8        (6.2)      1,111.2          4.8        (6.1) 
----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

In order to manage interest rate risk arising from fixed rate financial instruments, the Group reviews interest rate swaps requirements on a monthly basis. The exposure from the portfolio frequently changes due to the origination of new instruments, contractual repayments and early prepayments made in each period. As a result, the Group adopts a dynamic hedging strategy (sometimes referred to as 'macro' or 'portfolio' hedge) to hedge its exposure profile by closing and entering into new swap agreements on a monthly basis. The Group establishes the hedging ratio by matching the notional of the derivatives with the principal of the portfolio being hedged.

The following table sets out details of the hedged exposures covered by the Group's hedging strategies:

 
                                                     Accumulated amount 
                                                          of fair value                             Accumulated amount 
                              Carry amount of               adjustments     Carry amount of  of fair value adjustments 
                                  hedged item       in the hedged items         hedged item        in the hedged items 
                            Asset/(liability)         Asset/(liability)   Asset/(liability)          Asset/(liability) 
                                         2021                      2021                2020                       2020 
                                   GBPmillion                GBPmillion          GBPmillion                 GBPmillion 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
ASSETS 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Interest rate fair value 
hedges 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Loans and advances to 
customers 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Fixed rate Real Estate 
 Finance loans                          354.9                     (2.1)               300.0                        4.3 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Fixed rate Vehicle 
 Finance loans                           86.3                     (0.4)                97.2                        0.7 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Fixed rate Retail Finance 
 loans                                  160.4                     (1.0)               116.2                        0.5 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Fixed rate Consumer 
 Mortgages Loans                            -                         -                 9.9                        0.2 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
                                        601.6                     (3.5)               523.3                        5.7 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Interest rate fair value 
hedges 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Cash and balances at 
Central banks 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Bank of England reserve                  14.1                       N/A                 4.7                        N/A 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
                                        615.7                     (3.5)               528.0                        5.7 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
LIABILITIES 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Interest rate fair value 
hedges 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Deposits from customers 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
Fixed rate customer 
 deposits                             (539.5)                       5.3             (570.2)                      (4.7) 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
                                      (539.5)                       5.3             (570.2)                      (4.7) 
-------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------  ------------------  ------------------------- 
 

The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments remaining in the statement of financial position for hedged items that have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses is GBPnil (2020: GBPnil).

The following table shows the impact of financial assets and financial liabilities relating to transactions where:

-- there is an enforceable master netting agreement in place but the offset criteria are not otherwise satisfied, and

-- financial collateral is paid and received.

 
                          Gross amount reported          Master netting                              Net amounts after 
                               on balance sheet            arrangements  Financial collateral               offsetting 
                                     GBPmillion              GBPmillion            GBPmillion               GBPmillion 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
31 December 2021 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
Derivative financial 
assets 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
Interest rate swaps                         3.6                   (3.6)                     -                        - 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
Foreign exchange swaps                      0.2                       -                     -                      0.2 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
                                            3.8                   (3.6)                     -                      0.2 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
Derivative financial 
liabilities 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
Interest rate swaps                       (6.2)                     3.6                   2.7                      0.1 
-----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  --------------------  ----------------------- 
 
 
                           Gross amount reported on             Master netting    Financial          Net amounts after 
                                      balance sheet               arrangements   collateral                 offsetting 
                                         GBPmillion                 GBPmillion   GBPmillion                 GBPmillion 
-------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  -----------  ------------------------- 
31 December 2020 
-------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  -----------  ------------------------- 
Interest rate swaps 
-------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  -----------  ------------------------- 
Derivative financial 
 assets                                         4.8                      (4.8)            -                          - 
-------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  -----------  ------------------------- 
Derivative financial 
 liabilities                                  (6.1)                        4.8          1.3                          - 
-------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  -----------  ------------------------- 
 

Master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the statement of financial position. This is because the arrangement creates an agreement for a right of set-off of recognised amounts which is enforceable only following an event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or counterparties. Furthermore, the Group and its counterparties do not intend to settle on a net basis or realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Financial collateral consists of cash settled, typically daily or weekly, to mitigate the credit risk on the fair value of derivatives.

19. Assets and liabilities held for sale

As at 31 December 2021, assets of GBP1.3 million relating to a loan book and a liability of GBP2.0 million relating to collateral held, both in STB Leasing Limited, were in the process of being sold to its partner, RentSmart Limited. Under IFRS 5, Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, these are required to be reclassified as 'Held for sale' on the face of the statement of financial position as they are expected to be sold within 12 months of the balance sheet date. The assets and liabilities were sold for their carrying amount on 31 January 2022.

The business is not significant enough to be classified as discontinued operations, or to be disclosed as a separate operating segment in Note 3. There is no provision held against the RentSmart loans, as the credit risk associated with those loans is retained by RentSmart Limited. No impairment losses have been recognised on the classification of these operations as held for sale.

20. Investment property

 
                                                    Group      Company 
                                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                     4.8          4.8 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment             -          1.1 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation                                         (0.5)        (0.6) 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                   4.3          5.3 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation                                           0.4          0.4 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                   4.7          5.7 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The Group's investment properties, which are let to third party occupiers, comprise:

-- Secure Trust House, Boston Drive, Bourne End, SL8 5YS.

-- 50% of Yorke House, Arleston Way, Shirley, Solihull, B90 4LH, excluding land.

The Company's investment properties includes the two properties above and 25 and 26 Neptune Court, Vanguard Way, Cardiff CF24 5PJ, which is occupied by one of the Company's subsidiaries.

Investment properties are stated at fair value as at 31 December 2021 based on external valuations performed by professionally qualified valuers Knight Frank LLP. These valuations have been undertaken in accordance with the current editions of RICS Valuation - Global Standards, which incorporate the International Valuations Standards, and the RICS UK National Supplement. The valuations were carried out using the comparative and investment methods, and were arrived at by reference to market evidence of the transaction prices paid for similar properties, together with evidence of demand within the vicinity of the subject properties. In estimating the fair value of the properties, the valuers consider the highest and best use of the properties. Knight Frank LLP were paid a fixed fee for the valuations. Knight Frank LLP also undertakes some professional work in respect of the Group's Real Estate Finance business, although this is limited in relation to the activities of the Group as a whole. An increase in the fair value of investment property has been

recognised and its carrying value has been adjusted accordingly. Movements in the fair value of investment property are recognised operating expenses in the income statement.

 
Investment property accounting policy 
 Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and for capital appreciation, 
 is measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
 investment property is measured at fair value. External valuations are performed on a triennial 
 basis. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of investment property are included 
 in the income statement in the period in which they arise. 
 An investment property is derecognised upon disposal or when the investment property is permanently 
 withdrawn from use and no future economic benefits are expected from the disposal. Any gain 
 or loss arising on derecognition of the property (calculated as the difference between the 
 net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the income statement 
 in the period in which the property is derecognised. 
 

21. Property, plant and equipment

Group

 
                            Freehold land    Leasehold              Computer 
                            and buildings     property   and other equipment        Total 
                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion            GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Cost or valuation 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                     7.4          0.1                   8.4         15.9 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Additions                               -            -                   0.7          0.7 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Revaluation                         (0.8)            -                     -        (0.8) 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                   6.6          0.1                   9.1         15.8 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Additions                               -            -                   0.2          0.2 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Revaluation                           0.3            -                     -          0.3 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                   6.9          0.1                   9.3         16.3 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
 
Accumulated depreciation 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                       -            -                 (4.6)        (4.6) 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Depreciation charge                 (0.1)            -                 (1.3)        (1.4) 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Revaluation                           0.1            -                     -          0.1 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                     -            -                 (5.9)        (5.9) 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Depreciation charge                 (0.2)            -                 (1.1)        (1.3) 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Revaluation                           0.2            -                     -          0.2 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                     -            -                 (7.0)        (7.0) 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
 
Net book amount 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                   6.6          0.1                   3.2          9.9 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                   6.9          0.1                   2.3          9.3 
-------------------------  --------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
 

The Group's freehold properties, which are occupied by the Group, comprise:

-- the Registered Office of the Company.

-- 50% of Yorke House, Arleston Way, Shirley B90 4LH, plus the value of the land.

-- 25 and 26 Neptune Court, Vanguard Way, Cardiff CF24 5PJ

Company

 
                                              Freehold              Computer 
                                              property   and other equipment        Total 
                                            GBPmillion            GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Cost or valuation 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                  3.5                   6.1          9.6 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Additions                                            -                   0.3          0.3 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Transfer to investment properties                (1.1)                     -        (1.1) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Revaluation                                      (0.3)                     -        (0.3) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021           2.1                   6.4          8.5 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
 
Accumulated depreciation 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                    -                 (3.1)        (3.1) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Depreciation charge                              (0.1)                 (0.9)        (1.0) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Revaluation                                        0.1                     -          0.1 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                  -                 (4.0)        (4.0) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
Depreciation charge                                  -                 (0.8)        (0.8) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                  -                 (4.8)        (4.8) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
 
Net book amount 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                2.1                   2.4          4.5 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                2.1                   1.6          3.7 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  ----------- 
 

The Company's freehold properties are the same as Group, but exclude 25 and 26 Neptune Court, Vanguard Way, Cardiff CF24 5PJ, which is not occupied by the Company.

Freehold properties are stated at fair value as at 31 December 2021 based on external valuations performed by professionally qualified valuers Knight Frank LLP, which is performed on the same basis as investment properties (see Note 20). A increase in the fair value of freehold property has been recognised and its carrying value has been adjusted accordingly. Movements in the fair value of freehold property are recognized in other comprehensive income, to the extent that any reductions do not exceed the initial increase, which resulted in the following revaluation movements:

 
                                                                          Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                                           2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                                     GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation surplus/(deficit) recognised in other comprehensive 
 income                                                                     0.5        (0.4)            -            - 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Revaluation deficit recognised in the income statement                        -        (0.3)            -        (0.2) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The carrying value of freehold land which is included in the total carrying value of freehold land and buildings and which is not depreciated is GBP1.3 million (2020: GBP1.3 million).

The historical cost of freehold property included at fair value is as follows:

 
                       Group        Group      Company      Company 
                        2021         2020         2021         2020 
                  GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cost                     5.4          5.4          1.6          1.6 
---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Depreciation           (1.7)        (1.6)            -            - 
---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Net book value           3.7          3.8          1.6          1.6 
---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment accounting policy 
 Property is held at its revalued amount, being its fair value at the date of valuation less 
 any subsequent accumulated depreciation. Revaluations are carried out annually at the reporting 
 date, and movements are recognised in Other Comprehensive Income, net of any applicable deferred 
 tax. External valuations are performed on a triennial basis. 
 Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes 
 expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Pre-installed computer 
 software licences are capitalised as part of the computer hardware it is installed on. Depreciation 
 is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values 
 over their estimated useful lives, which are subject to regular review:Land                    not depreciated 
 Freehold buildings      50 years 
 Leasehold improvements  shorter of life of lease or seven years 
 Computer equipment      three to five years 
 Other equipment         five to ten years 
 
 
 Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amounts. 
 These are included in the income statement. 
 The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether property, plant and equipment is impaired. 
 

22. Right-of-use assets

 
                                        Group                                             Company 
                   ------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------- 
                           Leasehold      Leased motor                       Leasehold       Leased motor 
                            property          vehicles        Total           property           vehicles        Total 
                          GBPmillion        GBPmillion   GBPmillion         GBPmillion         GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
Cost 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                4.2               0.3          4.5                2.9                0.2          3.1 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
Additions                        0.2               0.1          0.3                0.2                  -          0.2 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
 2020                            4.4               0.4          4.8                3.1                0.2          3.3 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
Disposals                          -             (0.1)        (0.1)                  -                  -            - 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
 2021                            4.4               0.3          4.7                3.1                0.2          3.3 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
 
Accumulated 
depreciation 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020              (0.7)             (0.2)        (0.9)              (0.5)              (0.1)        (0.6) 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
Depreciation 
 charge                        (0.6)             (0.1)        (0.7)              (0.4)              (0.1)        (0.5) 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
Impairment                     (0.3)                 -        (0.3)              (0.2)                  -        (0.2) 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
 2020                          (1.6)             (0.3)        (1.9)              (1.1)              (0.2)        (1.3) 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
Depreciation 
 charge                        (0.6)             (0.1)        (0.7)              (0.5)                  -        (0.5) 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
Disposals                          -               0.1          0.1                  -                  -            - 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
 2021                          (2.2)             (0.3)        (2.5)              (1.6)              (0.2)        (1.8) 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
 
Net book amount 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
 2020                            2.8               0.1          2.9                2.0                  -          2.0 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
 2021                            2.2                 -          2.2                1.5                  -          1.5 
-----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------  ----------- 
 
 
Lessee accounting policy 
 The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception of the contract. 
 The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect 
 to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined 
 as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these 
 leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line 
 basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of 
 the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed. 
 The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments, 
 discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, 
 the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate. It is subsequently measured by increasing the 
 carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest rate 
 method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made, and is presented 
 as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position. 
 The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, 
 lease payments made at or before the commencement day, less any lease incentives received 
 and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation 
 and impairment charges and are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life 
 of the underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease. The 
 right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial 
 position. The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and 
 accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in the 'Property, Plant and Equipment' 
 policy. 
 Rentals made under operating leases for less than 12 months in duration, and operating leases 
 on low value items, are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
 term of the lease. 
 

23. Intangible assets

Group

 
                                                                                                   Other 
                                                         Goodwill  Computer software   intangible assets        Total 
                                                       GBPmillion         GBPmillion          GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Cost or valuation 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                             1.0               16.7                 2.2         19.9 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Additions                                                       -                1.1                   -          1.1 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Transfers from property, plant and equipment                    -                0.1                   -          0.1 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Disposals                                                       -              (1.3)                   -        (1.3) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                           1.0               16.6                 2.2         19.8 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Additions                                                       -                1.1                   -          1.1 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Transfers to cloud software development prepayments             -              (0.4)                   -        (0.4) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                           1.0               17.3                 2.2         20.5 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
 
Accumulated amortisation 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                               -              (9.3)               (1.6)       (10.9) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Amortisation charge                                             -              (1.8)               (0.2)        (2.0) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Disposals                                                       -                0.8                   -          0.8 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                             -             (10.3)               (1.8)       (12.1) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
Amortisation charge                                             -              (1.3)               (0.2)        (1.5) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                             -             (11.6)               (2.0)       (13.6) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
 
Net book amount 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                           1.0                6.3                 0.4          7.7 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                           1.0                5.7                 0.2          6.9 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------------  ----------- 
 

Goodwill above relates to the following cash generating units, which are part of the Retail Finance operating segment:

 
                        2021         2020 
                  GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------  -----------  ----------- 
Music business           0.3          0.3 
---------------  -----------  ----------- 
V12                      0.7          0.7 
---------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total                    1.0          1.0 
---------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The recoverable amount of these cash generating units are determined on a value in use calculation which uses cash flow projections based on financial forecasts covering a three-year period, and a discount rate of 11.97% (2020: 8%). Cash flow projections during the forecast period are based on the expected rate of new business. A zero growth based scenario is also considered. The Directors believe that any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which recoverable amount is based would not cause the aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the cash generating unit.

Other intangible assets were recognised as part of the V12 Finance Group acquisition. These were recorded at fair value, and are being amortised on a straight-line basis as follows:

 
                       Years 
---------------------  ----- 
Distribution channel      10 
---------------------  ----- 
 

Company

 
                                                         Goodwill  Computer software        Total 
                                                       GBPmillion         GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Cost or valuation 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                             0.3               12.4         12.7 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Additions                                                       -                0.9          0.9 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Disposals                                                       -              (1.3)        (1.3) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                           0.3               12.0         12.3 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Additions                                                       -                0.8          0.8 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Transfers to cloud software development prepayments             -              (0.4)        (0.4) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                           0.3               12.4         12.7 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
 
Accumulated amortisation 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 1 January 2020                                               -              (5.3)        (5.3) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Amortisation charge                                             -              (1.6)        (1.6) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Disposals                                                       -                0.8          0.8 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                             -              (6.1)        (6.1) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
Amortisation charge                                             -              (1.2)        (1.2) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                             -              (7.3)        (7.3) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
 
Net book amount 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2020                                           0.3                5.9          6.2 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 2021                                           0.3                5.1          5.4 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  ----------- 
 

Goodwill above relates to the music business cash generating unit, which is part of the Retail Finance operating segment. The recoverable amount is determined on the same basis as for the Group.

 
Intangible assets accounting policy 
 (a) Goodwill 
 Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the Group's 
 share of the net identifiable assets acquired at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is held 
 at cost less accumulated impairment charge and is deemed to have an infinite life. 
 The Group reviews the goodwill for impairment at least annually or when events or changes 
 in economic circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place. An impairment charge 
 is recognised in the income statement if the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amounts. 
(b) Computer software 
 Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to 
 acquire and bring to use the specific software. 
 Costs associated with developing or maintaining computer software programmes are recognised 
 as an expense as incurred unless the technical feasibility of the development has been demonstrated, 
 and it is probable that the expenditure will enable the asset to generate future economic 
 benefits in excess of its originally assessed standard of performance, in which case they 
 are capitalised. 
 These costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, which 
 are between three to ten years. 
 (c) Other intangibles 
 The acquisition of subsidiaries has been accounted for in accordance with IFRS 3 'Business 
 Combinations', which requires the recognition of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
 assumed at their acquisition date fair values. As part of this process, it was necessary to 
 recognise certain intangible assets which are separately identifiable and which are not included 
 on the acquiree's balance sheet, which are amortised over their expected useful lives, as 
 set out above. 
 The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether an intangible asset is impaired. 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

24. Investments in group undertakings

Company

 
                                                                   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------- 
Cost and net book value 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------- 
At 1 January 2020 and December 2020                                       4.1 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------- 
Equity contributions to subsidiaries in respect of share options          0.2 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------- 
At 31 December 2021                                                       4.3 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------- 
 

Shares in subsidiary undertakings of Secure Trust Bank PLC are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. All subsidiary undertakings are unlisted and none are banking institutions. All are 100% owned by the Company. The subsidiary undertakings were all incorporated in the UK and wholly owned via ordinary shares. All subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated financial statements and have an accounting reference date of 31 December.

Details are as follows:

 
                                                                             Principal activity 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
Owned directly 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
Debt Managers (Services) Limited                                                Debt management 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
Secure Homes Services Limited                                                   Property rental 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
STB Leasing Limited                                                                     Leasing 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
V12 Finance Group Limited                                                       Holding company 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
Owned indirectly via an intermediate holding company 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
V12 Personal Finance Limited                                                            Dormant 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
V12 Retail Finance Limited                            Sourcing and servicing of unsecured loans 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------- 
 

The registered office of the Company, and all subsidiary undertakings, is One Arleston Way, Shirley, Solihull, West Midlands B90 4LH.

Secure Homes Services Limited, STB Leasing Limited and V12 Personal Finance Limited are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual accounts by virtue of s479A, and the Company has given guarantees accordingly under s479C in respect of the years ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, or period ended 30 June 2020 in the case of STB Leasing Limited.

25. Deferred taxation

 
                                                                   Restated                  Restated 
                                                         Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                          2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                    GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Deferred tax assets: 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other short-term timing differences                        6.9          6.6          6.8          7.1 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
At 31 December                                             6.9          6.6          6.8          7.1 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Deferred tax assets: 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Prior period closing (as previously stated)                6.6          7.5          7.1          8.1 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Deferred tax on Software-as-a-Service adjustment             -          0.5            -          0.5 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Prior period closing (as restated)                         6.6          8.0          7.1          8.6 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Income statement                                           0.3        (1.2)        (0.4)        (1.1) 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other comprehensive income                                   -        (0.2)          0.1        (0.4) 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
At 31 December                                             6.9          6.6          6.8          7.1 
-------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Prior year deferred tax has been restated. See Note 1.3 for further details.

 
Deferred tax accounting policy 
 Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to 
 offset current tax assets and liabilities, and they relate to taxes levied by the same tax 
 authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, when they intend to settle 
 current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will 
 be realised simultaneously. 
 Deferred tax assets are recognised where it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
 available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. 
 

26. Other assets

 
                                                        Restated                  Restated 
                                              Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                               2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                         GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other receivables                               0.4          3.3          0.3          2.3 
--------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Amounts due from related companies                -            -         89.3         90.9 
--------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cloud software development prepayment           4.8          4.6          4.8          4.6 
--------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other prepayments and accrued income            6.7          7.7          5.4          6.6 
--------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                               11.9         15.6         99.8        104.4 
--------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Cloud software development costs, principally relating to the Group's Motor Transformation Programme, do not meet the intangible asset recognition criteria and are therefore classified as a prepayment, which is expensed to the income statement over the useful economic life of the software. The prior year cloud software development prepayment figure has been restated. See Note 1.3 for further details.

27. Due to banks

 
                                                                          Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                                           2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                                     GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Amounts due under the Bank of England's liquidity support 
 operations, Term Funding Scheme 
 and Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs              390.0        273.0        390.0        273.0 
------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Amounts due to other credit institutions                                    0.7          3.3          0.7          3.3 
------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Accrued interest                                                            0.1          0.1          0.1          0.1 
------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                          390.8        276.4        390.8        276.4 
------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
The accounting policy for amounts due to banks is included in Note 1.5 Financial assets and 
 financial liabilities accounting policy. 
 

28. Deposits from customers

Group and Company

 
                          2021         2020 
                    GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------  -----------  ----------- 
Access accounts          101.7         81.4 
-----------------  -----------  ----------- 
Fixed term bonds         974.6      1,076.4 
-----------------  -----------  ----------- 
Notice accounts          771.9        705.1 
-----------------  -----------  ----------- 
ISAs                     255.0        129.6 
-----------------  -----------  ----------- 
                       2,103.2      1,992.5 
-----------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
The accounting policy for deposits from customers is included in Note 1.5 Financial assets 
 and financial liabilities accounting policy. 
 

29. Lease liabilities

 
 
                                                           Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                            2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                      GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
At 1 January                                                 3.9          4.5          2.9          3.3 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
New leases                                                     -          0.3            -          0.2 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Payments                                                   (0.9)        (1.0)        (0.7)        (0.7) 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest expense                                             0.1          0.1          0.1          0.1 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
At 31 December                                               3.1          3.9          2.3          2.9 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities - Gross 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- No later than one year                                     0.9          0.9          0.7          0.7 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- Later than one year and no later than five years           2.3          3.0          1.7          2.4 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- More than five years                                       0.1          0.3            -            - 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                             3.3          4.2          2.4          3.1 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Less: Future finance expense                               (0.2)        (0.3)        (0.1)        (0.2) 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities - Net                                      3.1          3.9          2.3          2.9 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities - Gross 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- No later than one year                                     0.8          0.9          0.7          0.6 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- Later than one year and no later than five years           2.2          2.7          1.6          2.3 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
- More than five years                                       0.1          0.3            -            - 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                             3.1          3.9          2.3          2.9 
---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
The accounting policy for lease liabilities is included in Note 22 Lessee accounting policy. 
 

30. Other liabilities

 
                                         Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                          2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                    GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other payables                            18.3         46.2         14.9         41.1 
---------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Amounts due to related companies             -            -         17.9         12.6 
---------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Accruals and deferred income              13.0         10.1         11.0          8.1 
---------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                          31.3         56.3         43.8         61.8 
---------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

31. Provisions for liabilities and charges

Group and Company

 
                                          Customer 
                                           redress  ECL allowance on loan commitments        Other        Total 
                                        GBPmillion                         GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 1 January 2020                      0.2                                0.4          0.1          0.7 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
(Release)/charge to income statement         (0.2)                                0.7          1.4          1.9 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Utilised                                         -                                  -        (0.7)        (0.7) 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 31 December 2020                      -                                1.1          0.8          1.9 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
(Release)/charge to income statement             -                              (0.2)          0.3          0.1 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Utilised                                         -                                  -        (0.7)        (0.7) 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 31 December 2021                      -                                0.9          0.4          1.3 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Customer redress provision

The Group provided for its best estimate of redress payable in respect of outstanding claims relating to historical sales of accident, sickness and unemployment insurance, by considering the likely future uphold rate for claims, in the context of confirmed issues and historical experience.

The Financial Conduct Authority announced a deadline for making these customer redress claims, which gave consumers until 29 August 2019 to make a claim, so no further claims were accepted after this date. At 31 December 2021, all such claims had been settled and therefore no further customer redress provision was required.

ECL allowance on loan commitments

In accordance with the requirements of IFRS 9 the Group holds an ECL allowance against loans it has committed to lend but have not yet been drawn. For the Real Estate Finance and Commercial Finance portfolios, where a loan facility is agreed that includes both drawn and undrawn elements and the Group cannot identify the ECL on the loan commitment separately, a combined loss allowance for both drawn and undrawn components of the loan is presented as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the drawn component, with any excess of the loss allowance over the gross drawn amount presented as a provision. At 31 December 2021 no provision was held for losses in excess of drawn amounts.

Other

Other includes

-- provision for fraud, which relates to cases where the Group has reasonable evidence of suspected fraud, but further investigation is required before the cases can be dealt with appropriately

-- restructuring provision; and

-- s75 Consumer Credit Act 1974 provision.

The Directors expect all provisions to be fully utilised within the next 12 months.

 
Provisions for liabilities and charges accounting policy 
 A provision is recognised where there is a present obligation as a result of a past event, 
 it is probable that the obligation will be settled and it can be reliably estimated. 
 

32. Subordinated liabilities

Group and Company

 
                                 2021         2020 
                           GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Notes at par value               50.0         50.0 
------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Unamortised issue costs         (0.3)        (0.4) 
------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Accrued interest                  1.2          1.2 
------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                 50.9         50.8 
------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Subordinated liabilities comprises two tranches of 6.75% Fixed Rate Reset Callable Subordinated Notes due 2028 ('the Notes') issued in 2018. The Notes mature in 2028 but the issuer may at its discretion redeem the Notes in 2023. The Notes are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange plc trading as Euronext Dublin.

-- The Notes are redeemable for cash at their principal amount on a fixed date.

-- The Company has a call option to redeem the securities early in the event of a 'tax event' or a 'capital disqualification event',

which is at the full discretion of the Company.

-- Interest payments are paid at six monthly intervals and are mandatory.

-- The Notes give the holders' rights to the principal amount on the Notes, plus any unpaid interest, on liquidation. Any such claims are subordinated to senior creditors, but rank pari passu with holders of other subordinated obligations and in priority to holders of share capital.

The above features provide the issuer with a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to the holders, and therefore the Notes are classified as financial liabilities.

Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the Notes and are deducted from the financial liability and expensed to the income statement on an effective interest rate basis over the expected life of the Notes.

The Notes are treated as Tier 2 regulatory capital which is used to support the continuing growth of the business taking into account increases in regulatory capital buffers. The issue of the Notes is part of an ongoing programme to diversify and expand the capital base of the Group.

 
The accounting policy for subordinated liabilities is included in Note 1.5 Financial assets 
 and financial liabilities accounting policy. 
 

33. Contingent liabilities and commitments

33.1 Contingent liabilities

As a financial services business, the Group must comply with numerous laws and regulations, which significantly affect the way it does business. Whilst the Group believes there are no material unidentified areas of failure to comply with these laws and regulations, there can be no guarantee that all issues have been identified.

33.2 Capital commitments

At 31 December 2021, the Group and Company had no capital commitments (2020: GBPnil).

33.3 Credit commitments

Group and Company

Commitments to extend credit to customers were as follows:

 
                               2021         2020 
                         GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------    -----------  ----------- 
Business Finance 
--------------------    -----------  ----------- 
Real Estate Finance            68.9         63.5 
----------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Commercial Finance            120.9        128.5 
----------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Consumer Finance 
--------------------    -----------  ----------- 
Retail Finance                 83.6         69.3 
----------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Vehicle Finance                 0.5          0.2 
----------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                              273.9        261.5 
  --------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

34. Share capital

 
                          Number  GBPmillion 
--------------------  ----------  ---------- 
At 1 January 2020     18,477,500         7.4 
--------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Issued during 2020       156,162         0.1 
--------------------  ----------  ---------- 
At 31 December 2020   18,633,662         7.5 
--------------------  ----------  ---------- 
Issued during 2021        14,143           - 
--------------------  ----------  ---------- 
At 31 December 2021   18,647,805         7.5 
--------------------  ----------  ---------- 
 

Share capital comprises ordinary shares with a par value of 40 pence each.

 
Equity instruments accounting policy 
 Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct 
 issuance costs. Any amounts received over nominal value are recorded in the share premium 
 account, net of direct issuance costs. Costs associated with the listing of shares are expensed 
 immediately. 
 

35. Share-based payments

At 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, the Group had four share-based payment schemes in operation:

-- 2017 long term incentive plan

-- 2017 Sharesave plan

-- 2017 deferred bonus plan

-- 'Phantom' share option scheme

A summary of the movements in share options during the year is set out below:

 
                                                                                                 Weighted     Weighted 
                                                                                                  average      average 
                                                                                                 exercise     exercise 
                                   Forfeited                                                     price of     price of 
                                      lapsed                           Vested and                 options      options 
            Outstanding                  and             Outstanding  exercisable             outstanding  outstanding 
                     at   Granted  cancelled  Exercised        at 31        at 31                   at 31        at 31 
              1 January    during     during     during     December     December                December     December 
                   2021  the year   the year   the year         2021         2021    Vesting         2021         2020 
                 Number    Number     Number     Number       Number       Number      dates          GBP          GBP 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
Equity 
settled 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
2017 long 
 term 
 incentive 
 plan           473,096   243,550  (300,999)   (13,847)      401,800        5,572  2022-2024         0.40         0.40 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
2017 
 Sharesave 
 plan           572,464    57,645   (87,663)          -      542,446        8,589  2022-2024         6.17        12.28 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
2017 
 deferred 
 bonus 
 plan            51,319    13,023   (43,830)      (826)       19,686        1,670  2022-2024         0.40         0.40 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
              1,096,879   314,218  (432,492)   (14,673)      963,932       15,831                    3.65         5.26 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
Weighted 
 average 
 exercise 
 price             5.26      2.29       2.76       0.40         3.65 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash 
settled 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
'Phantom' 
 share 
 option 
 scheme         281,667         -  (187,500)          -       94,167       94,167       2019        25.00        25.00 
----------  -----------  --------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                             Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                              2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                        GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Expense incurred in relation to share-based payments           0.9            -          0.9            - 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

35.1. Long term incentive plan ('LTIP')

The LTIP was established on 3 May 2017. Two separate awards to a number of participants were made under this plan during the year, as set out below.

35.1.1 LTIP Restricted share award

56,023 (2020: Nil) options were awarded which were not subject to any performance conditions. The awards will vest three years from the date of grant. The original grant date valuation was determined using a Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs and assumptions used for the grant date valuation were as follows:

 
                                     Awarded during 
                                               2021 
--------------------------------     -------------- 
Share price at grant date                  GBP11.73 
--------------------------------     -------------- 
Exercise price                              GBP0.40 
--------------------------------     -------------- 
Expected dividend yield                       5.49% 
-----------------------------------  -------------- 
Expected stock price volatility              46.27% 
-----------------------------------  -------------- 
Risk free interest rate                       0.00% 
-----------------------------------  -------------- 
Average expected life (years)                  3.00 
-----------------------------------  -------------- 
Original grant date valuation               GBP9.94 
-----------------------------------  -------------- 
 

35.1.2 LTIP

187,527 (2020: 267,602) options were awarded which are subject to four performance conditions, which are based on:

-- rank of the total shareholder return ('TSR') over the performance period against the TSR of the comparator group of peer group companies;

-- rank of the TSR over the performance period against the TSR of the FTSE Small Cap Index;

-- growth of the TSR in absolute terms; and

-- maintaining appropriate risk practices over the performance period reflecting the longer-term strategic risk management of the Group.

The awards have a performance term of three years, and will be released to the participants on the vesting date. The awards will vest on the date on which the Board determines that these conditions have been met.

Of the share options exercised during the year, 13,317 (2020: 1,112) were exercised for shares, and 530 (2020: 1,537) were exercised for a cash alternative at a deemed market price of GBP11.90 (2020: GBP9.11).

The original grant date valuation was determined using a Black-Scholes model for the EPS and risk management tranches, and a Monte Carlo model for the TSR tranche. Measurement inputs and assumptions used for the grant date valuation were as follows:

 
                                    Awarded during  Awarded during 
                                              2021            2020 
--------------------------------    --------------  -------------- 
Share price at grant date                 GBP11.73         GBP7.32 
--------------------------------    --------------  -------------- 
Exercise price                             GBP0.40         GBP0.40 
--------------------------------    --------------  -------------- 
Expected dividend yield                      5.49%           4.18% 
----------------------------------  --------------  -------------- 
Expected stock price volatility             45.56%          43.87% 
----------------------------------  --------------  -------------- 
Risk free interest rate                      0.11%          -0.07% 
----------------------------------  --------------  -------------- 
Average expected life (years)                 3.00            3.00 
----------------------------------  --------------  -------------- 
Original grant date valuation              GBP6.99         GBP4.08 
----------------------------------  --------------  -------------- 
 

35.2. Sharesave plan

The Sharesave plan was established on 3 May 2017.

This plan allows all employees to save for three years, subject to a maximum monthly amount of GBP500, with the option to buy shares in Secure Trust Bank PLC when the plan matures. Participants cannot change the amount that they have agreed to save each month but they can suspend payments for up to six months. Participants can withdraw their savings at any time but, if they do this before the completion date, they lose the option to buy shares at the Option Price, and in most circumstances if participants cease to hold plan-related employment before the third anniversary of the grant date, then the options are also lost. The options ordinarily vest approximately three years after grant date, and are exercisable for a period of six months following vesting.

35.2. Sharesave plan

The original grant date valuation was determined using a Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs and assumptions used were as follows:

 
                                  Awarded during 2021  Awarded during 2020 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
Share price at grant date                    GBP12.45              GBP6.32 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
Exercise price                               GBP10.69              GBP5.31 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
Expected stock price volatility                53.84%               44.97% 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
Expected dividend yield                         5.49%               13.92% 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
Risk free interest rate                         0.74%                0.00% 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
Average expected life (years)                    3.00                 3.00 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
Original grant date valuation                 GBP4.12              GBP0.93 
--------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
 

35.3. Deferred bonus plan

The deferred bonus plan was established on 3 May 2017.

In 2021 and 2020, awards were granted to certain Senior Managers of the Group. The awards vest in three equal tranches after one, two and three years following deferral. Accordingly, the following awards remain outstanding under the plan, entitling the members of the scheme to purchase shares in the Company:

 
                         Awards granted  Awards granted  Awards granted 
                          Vesting after   Vesting after   Vesting after 
                               one year       two years     three years  Awards granted 
                                 Number          Number          Number           Total 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
At 1 January 2020                 9,886           9,886           9,890          29,662 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
Granted                          11,679          11,679          11,682          35,040 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
Exercised                       (9,886)         (3,497)               -        (13,383) 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
At 31 December 2020              11,679          18,068          21,572          51,319 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
Granted                           4,057           4,340           4,626          13,023 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
Exercised                         (826)               -               -           (826) 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
Cancelled                       (9,183)        (15,572)        (19,075)        (43,830) 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
At 31 December 2021               5,727           6,836           7,123          19,686 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
 
Vested and exercisable            1,670               -               -           1,670 
-----------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------- 
 

35.3. Deferred bonus plan

Two separate awards were made under this plan during the year, 1,702 in April 2021 and 11,321 in September 2021. The original grant date valuation was determined using a Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs and assumptions used were as follows:

 
                                                         Granted in                                         Granted in 
                       Granted in       Granted in       April 2021       Granted in       Granted in   September 2021 
                       April 2021       April 2021   Awards vesting   September 2021   September 2021   Awards vesting 
                   Awards vesting   Awards vesting      after three   Awards vesting   Awards vesting      after three 
                   after one year  after two years            years   after one year  after two years            years 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Share price at 
grant date               GBP11.73         GBP11.73         GBP11.73         GBP12.45         GBP12.45         GBP12.45 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Exercise price            GBP0.40          GBP0.40          GBP0.40          GBP0.40          GBP0.40          GBP0.40 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Expected 
 dividend yield             5.49%            5.49%            5.49%            5.49%            5.49%            5.49% 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Expected stock 
 price 
 volatility                46.54%           53.22%           46.27%           42.06%           60.86%           53.84% 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Risk free 
 interest rate              0.00%            0.00%            0.00%            0.74%            0.74%            0.74% 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Average expected 
 life (years)                1.00             2.00             3.00             0.58             1.58             2.58 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
Original grant 
 date valuation          GBP10.85         GBP10.39          GBP9.94         GBP11.54         GBP11.06         GBP10.59 
----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------- 
 
 
                                             Granted 2020                Granted 2020               Granted 2020 
                                 Awards vesting after one    Awards vesting after two       Awards vesting after 
                                                     year                       years                three years 
--------------------------     --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
Share price at grant date                         GBP7.32                     GBP7.32                    GBP7.32 
--------------------------     --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
Exercise price                                    GBP0.40                     GBP0.40                    GBP0.40 
--------------------------     --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
Expected dividend yield                            12.02%                      12.02%                     12.02% 
-----------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
Expected stock price 
 volatility                                        66.54%                      53.01%                     45.76% 
-----------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
Risk free interest rate                             0.00%                       0.00%                      0.00% 
-----------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
Average expected life (years)                        1.00                        2.00                       3.00 
-----------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
Original grant date valuation                     GBP6.09                     GBP5.36                    GBP4.70 
-----------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------- 
 

35.4 Cash settled share-based payments

On 16 March 2015, a four-year 'phantom' share option scheme was established in order to provide effective long term incentive to senior management of the Group. Under the scheme, no actual shares would be issued by the Company, but those granted awards under the scheme would be entitled to a cash payment. The amount of the award is calculated by reference to the increase in the value of an ordinary share in the Company over an initial value set at GBP25 per ordinary share, being the price at which the shares resulting from the exercise of the first tranche of share options under the share option scheme were sold in November 2014.

During the year, 187,500 awards under this plan were cancelled. As at 31 December 2021, 94,167 (2020: 281,667) share options remained outstanding. The options vested during 2019 and are exercisable for a period of 10 years after grant date.

As at 31 December 2021, the estimated fair value has been prepared using the Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs and assumptions used were as follows:

 
                                      2021     2020 
--------------------------------  --------  ------- 
Share price at reporting date     GBP12.35  GBP8.75 
--------------------------------  --------  ------- 
Expected stock price volatility     45.30%   45.89% 
--------------------------------  --------  ------- 
Expected dividend yield              5.49%   10.06% 
--------------------------------  --------  ------- 
Risk free interest rate              0.55%    0.00% 
--------------------------------  --------  ------- 
Average expected life (years)         3.34     4.92 
--------------------------------  --------  ------- 
Fair value                         GBP1.06  GBP0.30 
--------------------------------  --------  ------- 
 

This resulted in the following being recognised in the financial statements:

 
                   2021         2020 
             GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------  -----------  ----------- 
Liability           0.1          0.2 
----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

35.4 Cash settled share-based payments

For each award granted during the year, expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group's share price over the period equivalent to the expected term of the options being granted. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management's best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, and behavioural considerations.

 
Share-based compensation accounting policy 
 The fair value of equity settled share-based payment awards are calculated at grant date and 
 recognised over the period in which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the awards 
 (the vesting period). The amount is recognised in operating expenses in the income statement, 
 with a corresponding increase in equity. Further details of the valuation methodology is set 
 out above. 
 The fair value of cash settled share-based payments is recognised in operating expenses in 
 the income statement with a corresponding increase in liabilities over the vesting period. 
 The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at the settlement date based on the 
 fair value of the options granted, with a corresponding adjustment to operating expenses. 
 

36. Cash flow statement

36.1. Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with less than three months' maturity from the date of acquisition.

 
                                                                    Group        Group      Company      Company 
                                                                     2021         2020         2021         2020 
                                                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and balances at central banks                                  235.7        181.5        235.7        181.5 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to banks (Note 13)                                50.3         63.3         47.4         61.7 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Debt securities                                                      25.0            -         25.0            - 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Less restricted cash 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
  Included in cash and balances at central banks                    (1.7)        (1.0)        (1.7)        (1.0) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
  Included in loans and advances to central banks (Note 13)         (6.3)       (11.7)        (6.3)       (11.7) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total restricted cash                                               (8.0)       (12.7)        (8.0)       (12.7) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                    303.0        232.1        300.1        230.5 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

36.2. Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

All changes in liabilities arising from financing activities arise from changes in cash flows, apart from GBP0.1 million (2020: GBP0.1 million) of lease liabilities interest expense, as shown in Note 29, and GBP0.1 million (2020: GBP0.2 million) amortisation of issue costs on subordinated liabilities, as shown in Note 32.

 
Cash and cash equivalents accounting policy 
 For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in 
 hand and demand deposits, and cash equivalents, being highly liquid investments which are 
 convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value with a maturity of three 
 months or less at the date of acquisition, including certain loans and advances to banks and 
 short-term highly liquid debt securities. 
 

37. Financial risk management strategy

By their nature, the Group's activities are principally related to the use of financial instruments. The Directors and senior management of the Group have formally adopted a Group risk appetite statement which sets out the Board's attitude to risk and internal controls. Key risks identified by the Directors are formally reviewed and assessed at least once a year by the Board. In addition key business risks are identified, evaluated and managed by operating management on an ongoing basis by means of procedures such as physical controls, credit and other authorisation limits and segregation of duties. The Board also receives regular reports on any risk matters that need to be brought to its attention. Significant risks identified in connection with the development of new activities are subject to consideration by the Board. There are budgeting procedures in place and reports are presented regularly to the Board detailing the results of each principal business unit, variances against budget and prior year, and other performance data.

A more detailed description of the risk governance structure is contained in the Strategic Report beginning on page 26.

Included within the principal financial risks inherent in the Group's business are credit risk (Note 38), market risk (Note 39), liquidity risk (Note 40), and capital risk (Note 41).

38. Credit risk

The Company and Group take on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to satisfy their debt servicing commitments when due. Counterparties include the consumers to whom the Group lends on a secured and unsecured basis and the small and medium size enterprises ('SME') to whom the Group lends on a secured basis as well as the market counterparties with whom the Group deals.

Impairment provisions are provided for expected credit losses at the statement of financial position date. Significant changes in the economy could result in losses that are different from those provided for at the statement of financial position date. Management therefore carefully manages the Group's exposures to credit risk as it considers this to be the most significant risk to the business. Disclosures relating to collateral on loans and advances to customers are disclosed in Note 15.

The Board monitors the ratings of the counterparties in relation to the Group's loans and advances to banks. Disclosures of these at the year-end are contained in Note 13. There is no direct exposure to the Eurozone and peripheral Eurozone countries.

See page 28 for further details on the mitigation and change during the year of credit risk.

Group

With the exception of loans and advances to customers, the carrying amount of financial assets represents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk. The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk for loans and advances to customers by portfolio and IFRS 9 stage without taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements attached was as follows:

 
                 Stage 1               Stage 2                                Stage 3                        Total 
------------  ----------  ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ---------- 
                                                                                Purchased 
                          <= 30 days   > 30 days              Excl. purchased   credit -- 
                            past due    past due       Total  credit-impaired    impaired        Total 
              GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion       GBPmillion  GBPmillion   GBPmillion  GBPmillion 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
31 December 
2021 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Business 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance           911.4       161.4           -       161.4             40.0           -         40.0     1,112.8 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Commercial 
 Finance           291.7        17.5           -        17.5              5.2           -          5.2       314.4 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Consumer 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Retail 
 Finance           659.4       120.1         2.6       122.7              4.4           -          4.4       786.5 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Vehicle 
 Finance           207.0        68.9         2.2        71.1             19.4           -         19.4       297.5 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Debt 
 Management            -           -           -           -             10.8        76.1         86.9        86.9 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total drawn 
 exposure        2,069.5       367.9         4.8       372.7             79.8        76.1        155.9     2,598.1 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Off balance 
sheet 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Loan 
 commitments       271.0         2.9           -         2.9                -           -            -       273.9 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total gross 
 exposure        2,340.5       370.8         4.8       375.6             79.8        76.1        155.9     2,872.0 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Less: 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Impairment 
 allowance        (18.5)      (16.6)       (3.4)      (20.0)           (23.1)       (5.9)       (29.0)      (67.5) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Provision 
 for loan 
 commitments       (0.9)           -           -           -                -           -            -       (0.9) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total net 
 exposure        2,321.1       354.2         1.4       355.6             56.7        70.2        126.9     2,803.6 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
 

GBP50.3 million (2020: GBP35.4 million) of collateral in the form of property has been pledged as security for Real Estate Finance Stage 3 balances of GBP37.3 million (2020: GBP24.0 million). GBP8.9 million (2020: GBP9.9 million) of collateral in the form of vehicles has been pledged as security for Vehicle Finance Stage 3 balances of GBP18.0 million (2020: GBP22.5 million).

 
                 Stage 1               Stage 2                                Stage 3                        Total 
------------  ----------  ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ---------- 
                                                                                Purchased 
                          <= 30 days   > 30 days              Excl. purchased   credit -- 
                            past due    past due       Total  credit-impaired    impaired        Total 
              GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion       GBPmillion  GBPmillion   GBPmillion  GBPmillion 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
31 December 
2020 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Business 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance           858.9       136.5        37.9       174.4             24.0           -         24.0     1,057.3 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Asset 
 Finance             9.5         1.4           -         1.4              1.5           -          1.5        12.4 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Commercial 
 Finance           205.1        26.6           -        26.6              0.3           -          0.3       232.0 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Consumer 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Retail 
 Finance           589.1        86.8         3.3        90.1              3.8           -          3.8       683.0 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Vehicle 
 Finance           173.7        87.2         2.6        89.8             22.6           -         22.6       286.1 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Debt 
 Management            -           -           -           -             11.7        77.1         88.8        88.8 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Consumer 
 Mortgages          74.9           -         1.8         1.8              1.2           -          1.2        77.9 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Other                4.1           -           -           -                -           -            -         4.1 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total drawn 
 exposure        1,915.3       338.5        45.6       384.1             65.1        77.1        142.2     2,441.6 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Off balance 
sheet 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Loan 
 commitments       261.5           -           -           -                -           -            -       261.5 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total gross 
 exposure        2,176.8       338.5        45.6       384.1             65.1        77.1        142.2     2,703.1 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Less: 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Impairment 
 allowance        (27.1)      (22.7)       (4.5)      (27.2)           (21.7)       (6.7)       (28.4)      (82.7) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Provision 
 for loan 
 commitments       (1.1)           -           -           -                -           -            -       (1.1) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total net 
 exposure        2,148.6       315.8        41.1       356.9             43.4        70.4        113.8     2,619.3 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
 

A reconciliation of opening to closing allowance for impairment of loans and advances to customers is presented in Note 17.

Company

The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk for loans and advances to customers by portfolio and IFRS 9 stage without taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements attached was as follows:

 
                 Stage 1               Stage 2                                Stage 3                        Total 
------------  ----------  ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ---------- 
                                                                                Purchased 
                          <= 30 days   > 30 days              Excl. purchased   credit -- 
                            past due    past due       Total  credit-impaired    impaired        Total 
              GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion       GBPmillion  GBPmillion   GBPmillion  GBPmillion 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
31 December 
2021 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Business 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance           911.4       161.4           -       161.4             40.0           -         40.0     1,112.8 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Commercial 
 Finance           291.7        17.5           -        17.5              5.2           -          5.2       314.4 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Consumer 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Retail 
 Finance           659.4       120.1         2.6       122.7              4.4           -          4.4       786.5 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Vehicle 
 Finance           207.0        68.9         2.2        71.1             19.4           -         19.4       297.5 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total drawn 
 exposure        2,069.5       367.9         4.8       372.7             69.0           -         69.0     2,511.2 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Off balance 
sheet 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Loan 
 commitments       271.0         2.9           -         2.9                -           -            -       273.9 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total gross 
 exposure        2,340.5       370.8         4.8       375.6             69.0           -         69.0     2,785.1 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Less: 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Impairment 
 allowance        (18.6)      (16.7)       (3.6)      (20.3)           (22.0)           -       (22.0)      (60.9) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Provision 
 for loan 
 commitments       (0.9)           -           -           -                -           -            -       (0.9) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total net 
 exposure        2,321.0       354.1         1.2       355.3             47.0           -         47.0     2,723.3 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
 
 
                 Stage 1               Stage 2                                Stage 3                        Total 
------------  ----------  ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ---------- 
                                                                                Purchased 
                          <= 30 days   > 30 days              Excl. purchased   credit -- 
                            past due    past due       Total  credit-impaired    impaired        Total 
              GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion  GBPmillion       GBPmillion  GBPmillion   GBPmillion  GBPmillion 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
31 December 
2020 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Business 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Real Estate 
 Finance           858.9       136.5        37.9       174.4             24.0           -         24.0     1,057.3 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Asset 
 Finance             9.5         1.4           -         1.4              1.5           -          1.5        12.4 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Commercial 
 Finance           205.1        26.6           -        26.6              0.3           -          0.3       232.0 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Consumer 
Finance 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Retail 
 Finance           589.1        86.8         3.3        90.1              3.8           -          3.8       683.0 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Vehicle 
 Finance           174.0        87.5         2.6        90.1             22.5           -         22.5       286.6 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Consumer 
 Mortgages          74.9           -         1.8         1.8              1.2           -          1.2        77.9 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Other                0.5           -           -           -                -           -            -         0.5 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total drawn 
 exposure        1,912.0       338.8        45.6       384.4             53.3           -         53.3     2,349.7 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Off balance 
sheet 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Loan 
 commitments       261.5           -           -           -                -           -            -       261.5 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total gross 
 exposure        2,173.5       338.8        45.6       384.4             53.3           -         53.3     2,611.2 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Less: 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Impairment 
 allowance        (28.1)      (24.2)       (4.7)      (28.9)           (22.9)           -       (22.9)      (79.9) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Provision 
 for loan 
 commitments       (1.1)           -           -           -                -           -            -       (1.1) 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
Total net 
 exposure        2,144.3       314.6        40.9       355.5             30.4           -         30.4     2,530.2 
------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------  ----------  -----------  ---------- 
 

38.1. Concentration risk

Management assesses the potential concentration risk from geographic, product and individual loan concentration. Due to the nature of the Group's lending operations the Directors consider the lending operations of the Group as a whole to be well diversified. Details of the Group's loans and advances to customers and loan commitments by product is provided in Notes 3 and 33 respectively.

Geographical concentration

The Group's Real Estate Finance loan book is secured against UK property only. The geographical concentration of these business loans and advances to customers, by location of the security is as follows:

Group and Company

 
                                      Real Estate Finance  Consumer Mortgages  Real Estate Finance  Consumer Mortgages 
                                               GBPmillion          GBPmillion           GBPmillion          GBPmillion 
                                                     2021                2021                 2020                2020 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
Central England                                      90.1                   -                139.7                14.6 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
Greater London                                      619.7                   -                638.4                10.2 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
Northern England                                     66.2                   -                 65.8                16.2 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
South East England (excl. Greater 
 London)                                            258.7                   -                171.3                25.6 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
South West England                                   30.7                   -                 18.1                 7.3 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland                 47.4                   -                 24.0                 4.0 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
Gross loans and receivables                       1,112.8                   -              1,057.3                77.9 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
Allowance for impairment                            (3.2)                   -                (5.4)               (0.2) 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
Total                                             1,109.6                   -              1,051.9                77.7 
------------------------------------  -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------ 
 

38.2. Forbearance

Business Finance

-- Real Estate Finance: Where clients provided evidence of payment difficulties, the business supported by providing one, or both of extensions to maturity dates and altered payment profiles to provide short-term payment holidays for all or part of payments due. In total, 15% of customers by volume were granted a form of payment holiday during the prior year. As at 31 December 2021 0.9% of customers by volume remained on a payment holiday.

Consumer Finance

-- Retail Finance: Approximately 2.1% of customers were granted COVID-19 payment holidays during 2020. As at 31 December 2021 no customers remained on the payment holiday.

-- Vehicle Finance: Approximately 15.6% of customers were granted COVID-19 payment holidays during 2020. As at 31 December 2021 no customers remained on the payment holiday.

Where consumer customers have come to the end of their payment holiday, under COVID-19 arrangements, and have been unable to return to regular payments, they have been provided with a reduced payment arrangement.

Throughout 2021 the Group did not routinely reschedule contractual arrangements where customers default on their repayments. In cases where it offered the customer the option to reduce or defer payments for a short period, the loans retained the normal contractual payment due dates and were treated the same as any other defaulting cases for impairment purposes. Arrears tracking would continue on the account with any impairment charge being based on the original contractual due dates for all products.

All forbearance arrangements are formally discussed and agreed with the customer. By offering customers in financial difficulty the option of forbearance the Group potentially exposes itself to an increased level of risk through prolonging the period of non contractual payment and/or potentially placing the customer into a detrimental position at the end of the forbearance period. All forbearance arrangements are reviewed and monitored regularly to assess the ongoing potential risk, suitability and sustainability to the Group.

Where forbearance measures are not possible or are considered not to be in the customer's best interests, or where such measures have been tried and the customer has not adhered to the forbearance terms that have been agreed, the Group will consider realising its security and taking possession of the property in order to sell it and clear the outstanding debt.

39. Market risk

The Group's, market risk is primarily linked to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk refers to the exposure of the Group's financial position to adverse movements in interest rates.

When interest rates change, the present value and timing of future cash flows change. This in turn changes the underlying value of the Group's assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments and hence its economic value. Changes in interest rates also affect the Group's earnings by altering interest-sensitive income and expenses, affecting its net interest income.

The principal currency in which the Group operates is Sterling, although a small number of transactions are completed in US dollars, Euros and other currencies in the Commercial Finance business. The Group has no significant exposures to foreign currencies and hedges any residual currency risks to Sterling. The Group does not operate a trading book.

See page 31 for further details on the mitigation and change during the year of market risk.

Interest rate risk

Group and Company

The Group seeks to 'match' interest rate risk on either side of the statement of financial position. However, this is not a perfect match and interest rate risk is present on the mismatch between fixed rate loans and savings products and variable rate assets and liabilities.

The Group monitors the interest rate mismatch on at least a monthly basis using market value sensitivity and earnings at risk, which were as follows at 31 December:

 
                                              2021  Restated 2020 
                                        GBPmillion     GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ------------- 
Market value sensitivity 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ------------- 
+200bp parallel shift in yield curve           2.7            2.2 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ------------- 
-200bp parallel shift in yield curve         (2.7)          (0.1) 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ------------- 
Earnings at risk sensitivity 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ------------- 
+100bp parallel shift in yield curve           1.4            1.0 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ------------- 
-100bp parallel shift in yield curve         (0.4)          (0.1) 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ------------- 
 

In 2020 a zero percent interest rate floor was applied to the yield curve within the above metrics. In 2021 the Group decided to remove this floor following the addition of negative policy rates to the Bank of England's monetary policy toolkit. This has resulted in the large variance year-on-year.

The Directors consider that 200bps in the case of Market value sensitivity and 100bps in the case of Earnings at risk are a reasonable approximation of possible changes.

40. Liquidity and funding risk

Liquidity and funding risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its obligations as they fall due or can only do so at excessive cost. The Group maintains adequate liquidity resources and a prudent, stable funding profile at all times to cover liabilities as they fall due in normal and stressed conditions.

The Group manages its liquidity in line with internal and regulatory requirements, and at least annually assesses the robustness of the liquidity requirements as part of the Group's Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process ('ILAAP').

See page 29 for further details on the mitigation and change during the year of liquidity and funding risk.

The tables below analyse the contractual undiscounted cash flows for financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings:

 
                                                                                                More than 
                                                             Not more   More than three      one year but 
                                      Gross nominal        than three   months but less    less than five    More than 
                  Carrying amount           outflow            months     than one year             years   five years 
                       GBPmillion        GBPmillion        GBPmillion        GBPmillion        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
2021 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Due to banks                390.8             394.1               0.1               1.0             393.0            - 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Deposits from 
 customers                2,103.2           2,131.9             752.6             807.4             566.1          5.8 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities                 50.9              56.8               0.8               2.5              53.5            - 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Liabilities 
 associated with 
 assets held for 
 sale                         2.0               2.0               2.0                 -                 -            - 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Lease 
 liabilities                  3.1               3.3               0.9               2.3               0.1            - 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Other financial 
 liabilities                 18.3              18.3              18.3                 -                 -            - 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
                          2,568.3           2,606.4             774.7             813.2           1,012.7          5.8 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Derivative 
 financial 
 liabilities                  6.2               5.5               0.1               1.5               3.9            - 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
                          2,574.5           2,611.9             774.8             814.7           1,016.6          5.8 
----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                                                                More than 
                                                                        More than three      one year but 
                                       Gross nominal     Not more than  months but less    less than five    More than 
                   Carrying amount           outflow      three months    than one year             years   five years 
                        GBPmillion        GBPmillion        GBPmillion       GBPmillion        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
2020 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Due to banks                 276.4             276.7              13.4            113.3             150.0            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Deposits from 
 customers                 1,992.5           2,029.3             919.4            496.5             609.7          3.7 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities                  50.8              59.2               0.8              2.5              55.9            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities              3.9               4.2               0.9              3.0               0.3            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Other financial 
 liabilities                  46.2              46.2              46.2                -                 -            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
                           2,369.8           2,415.6             980.7            615.3             815.9          3.7 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Derivative 
 financial 
 liabilities                   6.1               4.6               0.5              1.5               2.6            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
                           2,375.9           2,420.2             981.2            616.8             818.5          3.7 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
 

Company

The contractual undiscounted cash flows for financial liabilities of the Company are the same as above except for the following:

 
                                                                                                More than 
                                                              Not more  More than three      one year but 
                                       Gross nominal        than three  months but less    less than five    More than 
                   Carrying amount           outflow            months    than one year             years   five years 
                        GBPmillion        GBPmillion        GBPmillion       GBPmillion        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
2021 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities              2.3               2.4               0.7              1.7                 -            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Other financial 
 liabilities                  32.8              32.8              32.8                -                 -            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Non-derivative 
 financial 
 liabilities               2,580.0           2,618.0             787.0            812.6           1,012.6          5.8 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Total                      2,586.2           2,623.5             787.1            814.1           1,016.5          5.8 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                                                                More than 
                                                              Not more  More than three      one year but 
                                       Gross nominal        than three  months but less    less than five    More than 
                   Carrying amount           outflow            months    than one year             years   five years 
                        GBPmillion        GBPmillion        GBPmillion       GBPmillion        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
At 31 December 
2020 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Lease liabilities              2.9               3.1               0.7              2.4                 -            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Other financial 
 liabilities                  53.7              53.7              53.7                -                 -            - 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Non-derivative 
 financial 
 liabilities               2,376.3           2,422.0             988.0            614.7             815.6          3.7 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
Total                      2,382.4           2,426.6             988.5            616.2             818.2          3.7 
-----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ----------- 
 

41. Capital risk

Capital risk is the risk that the Group will have insufficient capital resources to meet minimum regulatory requirements and to support the business. The Group adopts a conservative approach to managing its capital and at least annually assesses the robustness of the capital requirements as part of the Group's Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ('ICAAP'). The Group manages Tier 1 and Tier 2 as capital, noting the regulatory adjustments required in the table below.

Further information on capital is included within our Pillar 3 disclosures, which can be found on the Group's website.

See page 30 for further details on the mitigation and change during the year of capital risk.

The following table, which is unaudited and therefore not in scope of the independent auditor's report, shows the regulatory capital resources for the Group. The Group has adopted the IFRS 9 transitional rules. For further detail see the Financial Review on page 16.

Tier 2 capital comprises solely subordinated debt, excluding accrued interest, capped at 25% of the capital requirement.

 
                                                                       Restated 
                                                             2021          2020 
                                                       GBPmillion    GBPmillion 
                                                      (unaudited)   (unaudited) 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Tier 1 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Share capital                                                 7.5           7.5 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Share premium                                                82.2          82.2 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Retained earnings                                           211.7         177.0 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Revaluation reserve                                           1.3           0.9 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
IFRS 9 transition adjustment                                 13.9          26.9 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Goodwill                                                    (1.0)         (1.0) 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Intangible assets net of attributable deferred tax          (4.3)         (4.5) 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
CET1 capital before foreseeable dividend                    311.3         289.0 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Foreseeable dividend                                        (7.7)         (8.2) 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
CET1 capital                                                303.6         280.8 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
 
 
Tier 2 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Subordinated liabilities                                                  50.9    50.8 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Less ineligible portion                                                  (3.9)   (5.7) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Total Tier 2 capital                                                      47.0    45.1 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
 
Own Funds                                                                350.6   325.9 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
 
Reconciliation to total equity: 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
IFRS 9 transition adjustment                                            (13.9)  (26.9) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Eligible subordinated liabilities                                       (47.0)  (45.1) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Cash flow hedge reserve                                                  (0.3)       - 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Goodwill and other intangible assets net of attributable deferred tax      5.3     5.5 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Foreseeable dividend                                                       7.7     8.2 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Total equity                                                             302.4   267.6 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
 

The Group is subject to capital requirements imposed by the PRA on all financial services firms. During the periods, the Group complied with these requirements.

42. Classification of financial assets and liabilities

Group

 
                      Total carrying                                    Total carrying 
                              amount   Fair value        Fair value             amount   Fair value         Fair value 
                          GBPmillion   GBPmillion   hierarchy level         GBPmillion   GBPmillion    hierarchy level 
                                2021         2021              2021               2020         2020               2020 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Cash and balances 
 at central banks              235.7        235.7           Level 1              181.5        181.5            Level 1 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Loans and 
 advances to 
 banks                          50.3         50.3           Level 2               63.3         63.3            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Debt securities                 25.0         25.0           Level 1                  -            -                  - 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Loans and 
 advances to 
 customers                   2,530.6      2,568.6           Level 3            2,358.9      2,420.6            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Derivative 
 financial 
 instruments                     3.8          3.8           Level 2                4.8          4.8            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Assets held for 
 sale                            1.3          1.3           Level 3                  -            -                  - 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Other financial 
 assets                          0.4          0.4           Level 3                3.3          3.3            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
                             2,847.1      2,885.1                              2,611.8      2,673.5 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Due to banks                   390.8        390.8           Level 2              276.4        276.4            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Deposits from 
 customers                   2,103.2      2,106.9           Level 3            1,992.5      2,010.2            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Derivative 
 financial 
 instruments                     6.2          6.2           Level 2                6.1          6.1            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Liabilities held 
 for sale                        2.0          2.0           Level 3                  -            -                  - 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Lease liabilities                3.1          3.1           Level 3                3.9          3.9            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Other financial 
 liabilities                    18.3         18.3           Level 3               46.2         46.2            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities                    50.9         50.7           Level 2               50.8         50.6            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
                             2,574.5      2,578.0                              2,375.9      2,393.4 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
 

All financial assets and liabilities at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were carried at amortised cost, except for derivative financial instruments which are at fair value through profit and loss. Therefore, for these assets and liabilities, the fair value hierarchy noted above relates to the disclosure in this note only.

Company

 
                      Total carrying                                    Total carrying 
                              amount   Fair value        Fair value             amount   Fair value         Fair value 
                          GBPmillion   GBPmillion   hierarchy level         GBPmillion   GBPmillion    hierarchy level 
                                2021         2021              2021               2020         2020               2020 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
At 31 December 
2021 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Cash and balances 
 at central banks              235.7        235.7           Level 1              181.5        181.5            Level 1 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Loans and 
 advances to 
 banks                          47.4         47.4           Level 2               61.7         61.7            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Debt securities                 25.0         25.0           Level 1                  -            -                  - 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Loans and 
 advances to 
 customers                   2,450.3      2,487.1           Level 3            2,269.8      2,331.3            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Derivative 
 financial 
 instruments                     3.8          3.8           Level 2                4.8          4.8            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Other financial 
 assets                         89.6         89.6           Level 3               93.2         93.2            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
                             2,851.8      2,888.6                              2,611.0      2,672.5 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Due to banks                   390.8        390.8           Level 2              276.4        276.4            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Deposits from 
 customers                   2,103.2      2,106.9           Level 3            1,992.5      2,010.2            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Derivative 
 financial 
 instruments                     6.2          6.2           Level 2                6.1          6.1            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Liabilities 
 associated with 
 assets held for 
 sale                            2.0          2.0           Level 3                  -            -                  - 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Lease liabilities                2.3          2.3           Level 3                2.9          2.9            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Other financial 
 liabilities                    32.8         32.8           Level 3               53.7         53.7            Level 3 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities                    50.9         50.7           Level 2               50.8         50.6            Level 2 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
                             2,588.2      2,591.7                              2,382.4      2,399.9 
-----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------------- 
 

All financial assets and liabilities at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were carried at amortised cost except for derivative financial instruments which are valued at fair value through profit and loss. Therefore, for these assets, the fair value hierarchy noted above relates to the disclosure in this note only.

Fair value classification

The tables above include the fair values and fair value hierarchies of the Group and Company's financial assets and liabilities. The Group measures fair value using the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making measurements:

-- Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

-- Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly

(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

-- Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Loans and advances to customers and Deposits from customers

The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities, is calculated based upon the present value of the expected future principal and interest cash flows. The rate used to discount the cash flows was the market rate of interest at the balance sheet date. For loans and advances to customers, the same assumptions regarding the risk of default were applied as those used to derive the carrying value.

Debt securities

The fair value of debt securities is based on the quoted price where available.

Derivative financial instruments

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is calculated based on the present value of the expected future cash flows of the instruments. The rate used to discount the cash flows was the market rate of interest at the balance sheet date.

Subordinated liabilities

The fair value subordinated liabilities is calculated based on quoted market prices where available, or where an active market quote is not available, a proxy is used from similar issuances.

For all remaining financial assets and liabilities, the fair value of financial assets and liabilities is calculated to be equivalent to their carrying value, due to their short maturity dates.

43. Related party transactions

Related parties of the Company and Group include subsidiaries, key management personnel, close family members of key management personnel and entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced, or for which significant voting power is held, by Key Management Personnel or their close family members.

A number of banking transactions were entered into with related parties in the normal course of business on normal commercial terms. These include loans and deposits as set out below. The tables that follow relate to key management personnel, members of their close family and related entities as described above:

 
                                                   2021         2020 
                                             GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans outstanding at 1 January                      0.4          4.4 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Change in related parties during the year         (0.4)        (4.0) 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans outstanding at 31 December                      -          0.4 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits outstanding at 1 January                   0.2          0.2 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Change in related parties during the year         (0.2)            - 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits outstanding at 31 December                   -          0.2 
------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The loan outstanding in the prior year above comprised a GBP0.4 million advance as part of a refinanced GBP0.4 million facility agreed with a company in which a former member of the Key Management Personnel of the Company holds 50% of the voting shares, which was secured by property and personal guarantees.

This transaction was agreed by the Group's Real Estate Finance business and arose during the normal course of business, was subject to the usual Board governance and Credit Committee approval procedures and was on substantially the same terms as for comparable transactions with third parties.

The Company undertook the following transactions with other companies in the Secure Trust Bank Group:

 
                                                                      2021         2020 
                                                                GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest income and similar income                                  (21.0)       (18.8) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Gain on sale of defaulted debt                                         0.1          0.2 
-------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Operating expenses                                                   (0.7)        (0.8) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Investment income                                                      4.8          5.7 
-------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                    (16.8)       (13.7) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Equity contribution to subsidiaries re. share-based payments           0.2            - 
-------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The loans and advances with, and amounts receivable and payable to, related companies are noted below:

 
                                                      Company      Company 
                                                         2021         2020 
                                                   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Amounts receivable from subsidiary undertakings          89.3         86.7 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings                 (17.9)       (12.6) 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                         71.4         74.1 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

All amounts above are repayable on demand and the Company charged interest at a variable rate on amounts outstanding.

Directors' remuneration

The Directors' emoluments (including pension contributions and benefits in kind) for the year are disclosed in the Directors' Remuneration Report beginning on page 76.

At the year-end the ordinary shares held by the Directors are disclosed in the Directors' Remuneration Report beginning on page 76. Details of the Directors' holdings of share options, as well as details of those share options exercised during the year, are also disclosed in the Directors' report.

44. Immediate parent company and ultimate controlling party

The Company has had no immediate parent company or ultimate controlling party.

45. Country-by-Country reporting

The Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) Regulations 2013 introduced reporting obligations for institutions within the scope of CRD V. The requirements aim to give increased transparency regarding the activities of institutions.

The Country-by-Country Information is set out below:

 
                                                                       Number       Profit     Tax paid 
                        Nature                           Turnover      of FTE   before tax    on profit 
Name                     of activity       Location    GBPmillion   employees   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------  -----------------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------- 
31 December 2021 
----------------------  -----------------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------- 
Secure Trust Bank PLC   Banking services   UK               194.3         973         56.0         12.6 
----------------------  -----------------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                                                  Restated 
                                                                       Number       Profit     Tax paid 
                        Nature                           Turnover      of FTE   before tax    on profit 
Name                     of activity       Location    GBPmillion   employees   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
----------------------  -----------------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------- 
31 December 2020 
----------------------  -----------------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------- 
Secure Trust Bank PLC   Banking services   UK               208.5       1,021         19.1          4.8 
----------------------  -----------------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

46. Post balance sheet events

46.1 Acquisition of AppToPay Limited

On 25 November 2021, the Company announced its intention to acquire 100% of the ordinary share capital of AppToPay Limited, the owner of a proprietary technology platform. The acquisition is complementary to the Group's existing retail finance proposition and supports its planned entry into the Digital Buy Now Pay Later market. The acquisition is subject to regulatory approval and the AppToPay management team will continue in the business.

The cash consideration for the company of GBP1.0 million will be paid on completion. In addition to this, an earn-out of a maximum of GBP0.2 million is payable in 2023, subject to certain performance conditions. The net identifiable assets of AppToPay Limited, prior to fair value adjustments, comprises solely of intangible assets.

The acquisition of AppToPay Limited will be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 3 'Business Combinations', which requires the recognition of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. As part of this process, it will be also necessary to identify and recognise certain assets and liabilities which are not included on the acquiree's balance sheet, for example intangible assets. The valuation of these assets and liabilities will be performed on completion of the acquisition and reported in the June 2022 Interim Report.

46.2 Sale of loan book and associated liabilities to Rentsmart Limited

As at 31 December 2021, assets of GBP1.3 million relating to a loan book and a liability of GBP2.0 million relating to collateral held, both in STB Leasing Limited, were in the process of being sold to its partner, RentSmart Limited. These assets and liabilities were sold for their carrying amount on 31 January 2022. Further details are set out in Note 19.

46.3 Sale of Debt Managers (Services) Limited loan portfolio

Following a strategic review, the Board has decided to exit the debt purchase market and, on 11 March 2022 announced that it had agreed to sell Debt Managers (Services) Limited's portfolio of loans to Intrum UK Finance Limited. The value of the portfolio as at 30 September 2021 was GBP84.7 million and the value of the consideration for the portfolio as at 30 September 2021 was GBP94.0 million. The Group estimates that in 2022 the sale will (taking into account anticipated market exit costs) generate a net profit before tax benefit and the release of around GBP72 million of risk weighted assets on completion. Completion is subject to approvals from originators of the loans which is expected to complete by June 2022.

All of the above items are non-adjusting events.

Five year summary (unaudited)

 
                                                                       Restated    Restated* 
                                                              2021         2020         2019         2018         2017 
                                                        GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit for the year 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest and similar income                                  180.0        192.5        191.4        169.2        149.3 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest expense and similar charges                        (29.2)       (41.6)       (46.0)       (35.5)       (26.7) 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Net interest income                                          150.8        150.9        145.4        133.7        122.6 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Net fee and commission income                                 13.7         15.2         20.1         17.9         14.9 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Operating income                                             164.5        166.1        165.5        151.6        137.5 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Net impairment charge on loans and advances to 
 customers                                                   (4.5)       (51.3)       (32.6)       (32.4)       (36.9) 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Gains/(losses) on modification of financial assets             1.5        (3.1)            -            -            - 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loss on disposal of loan books                               (1.4)            -            -            -            - 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Losses from derivatives and hedge accounting                 (0.1)            -            -            -            - 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit on sale of equity instruments 
 available-for-sale                                              -            -            -            -          0.3 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Operating expenses                                         (104.0)       (92.6)       (96.8)       (84.5)       (71.6) 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit before income tax                                      56.0         19.1         36.1         34.7         29.3 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                              2021         2020         2019         2018         2017 
                                                        GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Earnings per share for profit attributable to the 
equity holders of the Company during the 
year (pence per share) 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Basic earnings per ordinary share                            244.7         82.7        168.3        153.2        128.8 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
                                                                      2020         2019 
                                                         2021     Restated     Restated         2018         2017 
                                                   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Financial position 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Cash and balances at central banks                      235.7        181.5        105.8        169.7        226.1 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to banks                              50.3         63.3         48.4         44.8         34.3 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Debt securities                                          25.0            -         25.0        149.7          5.0 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to customers                       2,530.6      2,358.9      2,450.1      2,028.9      1,598.3 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk         (3.5)          5.7        (0.9)            -            - 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments                          3.8          4.8          0.9            -            - 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other assets                                             44.0         47.0         51.4         51.2         27.9 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total assets                                          2,885.9      2,661.2      2,680.7      2,444.3      1,891.6 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 
Due to banks                                            390.8        276.4        308.5        263.5        113.0 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits from customers                               2,103.2      1,992.5      2,020.3      1,847.7      1,483.2 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk         (5.3)          4.7        (0.7)            -            - 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Derivative financial instruments                          6.2          6.1          0.6            -            - 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Subordinated liabilities                                 50.9         50.8         50.6         50.4            - 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Other liabilities                                        37.7         63.1         49.4         45.6         46.3 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total shareholders' equity                              302.4        267.6        252.0        237.1        249.1 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity            2,885.9      2,661.2      2,680.7      2,444.3      1,891.6 
------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------- 
 

*The 2019 income statement has been restated to reflect the IFRS Interpretations Committee's clarification on the accounting treatment of Software-as-a-Service arrangement. Operating expenses have been increased by GBP2.6 million.

Appendix to the Annual Report

Key performance indicators and other alternative performance measures

(i) Net interest margin ratio

Net interest margin is calculated as interest income and similar income less interest expense and similar charges for the financial period as a percentage of the average loan book. The calculation of the average loan book is the average of the monthly balance of loans and advances to customers, net of provisions, over 13 months:

 
                                                                                                2021         2020 
                                                                                          GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest income and similar income                                                             180.0        192.5 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest expense and similar charges                                                          (29.2)       (41.6) 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Net interest income                                                                            150.8        150.9 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Opening loan book                                                                            2,358.9      2,450.1 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Closing loan book (including loans included in assets held for sale of GBP1.3 million)       2,531.9      2,358.9 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Average loan book                                                                            2,374.0      2,406.0 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Net interest margin                                                                             6.4%         6.3% 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The net interest margin ratio measures the yield of the loan book.

(ii) Core loans and advances to customers and annual growth rate

Annual growth rate is calculated as the annualised growth in 'core' loans and advances to customers:

 
                                                  2021         2020 
                                            GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loans and advances to customers                2,530.6      2,358.9 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Less non-core loan portfolios: 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
   Asset Finance (sold during 2021)                  -       (10.4) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
   Consumer Mortgages (sold during 2021)             -       (77.7) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
   Other                                             -        (4.1) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total non-core portfolios                            -       (92.2) 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Core loans and advances to customers           2,530.6      2,266.7 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                 11.6%       (1.8)% 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

(iii) Return on average equity

Annualised return on average equity is calculated as the profit after tax for the previous 12 months as a percentage of average equity.

Average equity is calculated as the average of the monthly equity balances.

 
                                           Restated 
                                  2021         2020 
                            GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Profit after tax                  45.6         15.4 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Opening equity                   267.6        252.0 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Closing equity                   302.4        267.6 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Average equity                   287.0        261.1 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Return on average equity         15.9%         5.9% 
-------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Return on average equity is a measure of the Group's ability to generate profit from the equity available to it.

(iv) Cost to income ratio

Cost to income ratio is calculated as operating expenses for the financial period as a percentage of operating income for the financial period:

 
                                       Restated 
                              2021         2020 
                        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Operating expenses           104.0         92.6 
---------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Operating income             164.5        166.1 
---------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Cost to income ratio         63.2%        55.7% 
---------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The cost to income ratio measures how efficiently the Group is utilising its cost base in producing income.

(v) Cost of risk

Cost of risk is calculated as the total of the net impairment charge on loans and advances to customers and gains and losses on modification of financial assets for the financial period as a percentage of the average loan book:

 
                                                                  2021         2020 
                                                            GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Net impairment charge on loans and advances to customers           4.5         51.3 
---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
(Gains)/losses on modification of financial assets               (1.5)          3.1 
---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total loan impairment charges                                      3.0         54.4 
---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Average loan book                                              2,374.0      2,406.0 
---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Cost of risk                                                      0.1%         2.3% 
---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The cost of risk measures how effective the Group has been in managing its impairment charge.

(vi) Cost of funds

Cost of funds is calculated as the interest expense (excluding interest on liability swaps) for the financial period expressed as a percentage of average loan book

 
                                              2021         2020 
                                        GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest expense and similar charges          29.2         41.6 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Interest on liability swaps                    1.8          1.9 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                              31.0         43.5 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Average loan book                          2,374.0      2,406.0 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Cost of funds                                 1.3%         1.8% 
-------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The cost of funds measures the cost of money being lent to customers.

(vii) Funding ratio

The funding ratio is calculated as the total funding at the year-end, being the sum of deposits from customers, borrowings under the Bank of England's liquidity support operations, Term Funding Scheme and the Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs, Tier 2 capital and equity, divided by the loan book at the year-end:

 
                                                                                                     2021         2020 
                                                                                               GBPmillion   GBPmillion 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Deposits from customers                                                                           2,103.2      1,992.5 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Borrowings under the Bank of England's liquidity support operations, Term Funding Scheme and 
 the Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs (including accrued interest)           390.1        273.1 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Tier 2 capital (including accrued interest)                                                          50.9         50.8 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Equity                                                                                              302.4        267.6 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
                                                                                                  2,846.6      2,584.0 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Loan book (including loans included in assets held for sale of GBP1.3 million)                    2,531.9      2,358.9 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Funding ratio                                                                                      112.4%       109.5% 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

The funding ratio measure the Group's liquidity.

This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services. For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy Policy.

END

FR BIGDXCUDDGDX

(END) Dow Jones Newswires

March 24, 2022 03:00 ET (07:00 GMT)

Grafico Azioni Secure Trust Bank (LSE:STB)
Storico
Da Feb 2024 a Mar 2024 Clicca qui per i Grafici di Secure Trust Bank
Grafico Azioni Secure Trust Bank (LSE:STB)
Storico
Da Mar 2023 a Mar 2024 Clicca qui per i Grafici di Secure Trust Bank